Five Great Topics Close; the Eightfold Path Begins
Fascicle 98 continues directly from fascicle 97, which closed the first three particular verses of the foundations of mindfulness (念住攝) in their entirety. This fascicle opens and closes the fourth and final particular verse, completing the foundations of mindfulness — the first of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics — in its entirety. It then closes, one after another, four more great topics entire: right effort combined with the bases of supernormal power, the faculties, the powers, and the seven factors of enlightenment, this last closing with the four immeasurables' own upper-limit attainments and a wide sweep of companion-sūtra background. Fascicle 98 then opens the sixth great topic, the eightfold path, through its four sections: the inward and outward powers that alone give rise to the noble path — a good spiritual friend, outwardly, and right reflection, inwardly — then purity's own distinctions, the alternate approach, and the true renunciant and brāhmaṇa. The fascicle closes with the remaining three great topics, mindfulness of breathing, the trainings, and the four confirmed purities, and so brings sūtra matters to their end.
1. Section: The Embrace of the Factors of Enlightenment, Part Two
Within the compendium of bases, sūtra matters, the embrace of the factors of enlightenment, the fourth, part two.
攝事分中契經事菩提分法擇攝第四之二
Within the compendium of bases, sūtra matters, the embrace of the factors of enlightenment, the fourth, part two.
This is the fascicle's own chapter title, marking its place as the second part ("第四之二") of the fourth and final great division of sūtra matters (契經事) within the compendium of bases (攝事分, spanning fascicles 85 through 100). Master Cháng Bǎi recaps the whole division's structure: the aggregates' embrace (行擇攝), the sense-bases' embrace (處擇攝), the dependent-origination-food-truths-elements embrace (緣起食諦界擇攝), and the factors of enlightenment's embrace (菩提分法擇攝) — this last spanning fascicles 97 and 98, with fascicle 97 having already closed the general summary verse and the foundations of mindfulness's first three particular verses in their entirety, and this fascicle now continuing with the foundations of mindfulness's fourth and final particular verse.
2. Section: The Fourth Particular Summary Verse Begins — The Verse Marking and Listing
Further, a summary verse says: the false teacher's dwelling, the snow mountain; exhortation, and being bound; purity's gradual sequence, the precepts' fullness; the ear of grain, and accomplishment, coming last.
復次,嗢柁南曰:
Further, a summary verse says:
邪師住雪山 勸勉繫屬淨 漸次戒圓滿 穗成就為後
The false teacher's dwelling, the snow mountain; exhortation, and being bound; purity's gradual sequence, the precepts' fullness; the ear of grain, and accomplishment, coming last.
This opens **the fourth and final particular summary verse of the foundations of mindfulness's embrace (癸四第四嗢柁南2)**, beginning with the verse marking and listing (子一頌標列) — eight matters to unpack in the long-form explanation that follows: the false teacher's dwelling, the snow mountain, exhortation, being bound, purity's gradual sequence, the precepts' fullness, the ear of grain, and accomplishment.
3. Section: The Long-Form Explanation Begins — The False Teacher's Dwelling Begins — Manifesting Exclusive Self-Interest Begins — Marking
There are various outside paths who, among their assembly of disciples, establish themselves as teacher, yet exclusively seek gain, exclusively seek veneration, and exclusively seek their own benefit.
有諸外道,於弟子眾自立為師,專求利養、專求恭敬、專求自利。
There are various outside paths who, among their assembly of disciples, establish themselves as teacher, yet exclusively seek gain, exclusively seek veneration, and exclusively seek their own benefit.
This opens the long-form explanation (子二長行釋8), an eightfold structure matching the verse's eight matters, beginning with the false teacher's dwelling (丑一邪師住2), named by the verse's first phrase "the false teacher's dwelling, the snow mountain" (邪師住雪山), beginning with manifesting exclusive self-interest (寅一明專自利2), beginning with marking (卯一標) — an outside-path teacher who sets himself up as a guide to disciples while exclusively chasing gain, veneration, and self-benefit is, at root, a false teacher regardless of outward appearance.
4. Section: Explaining Begins — Raising the Two Speeches Begins — The Outside-Path Teacher
Meeting a conjunction of conditions, there is a son of good family who goes forth under him. He then says to him: "You and I have not previously had any resources or requisites to share and use in common. You should, for my sake, go to another place, praise my virtues, and conceal my faults; I, too, will do the same for you. The two of us, taking turns relying on and protecting one another, will thereby obtain much gain and veneration from kings, from those equal to kings, and even from every great merchant lord." If a teacher speaks in this way, the various outside teachers are called exclusively seeking their own benefit.
遇緣和合,有族姓子投其出家。因而謂曰:汝之與我先無一切資身眾具可共受用,汝應為我往詣他處,褒讚我德,掩藏我失,我亦為汝行如是事。我等二人迭相依護,當於諸王若與王等乃至一切大商主邊,多獲利養及以恭敬。若作是言,諸外道師名專自利。
Meeting a conjunction of conditions, there is a son of good family who goes forth under him. He then says to him: "You and I have not previously had any resources or requisites to share and use in common. You should, for my sake, go to another place, praise my virtues, and conceal my faults; I, too, will do the same for you. The two of us, taking turns relying on and protecting one another, will thereby obtain much gain and veneration from kings, from those equal to kings, and even from every great merchant lord." If a teacher speaks in this way, the various outside teachers are called exclusively seeking their own benefit.
This opens explaining (卯二釋2), the second of manifesting exclusive self-interest's two matters, beginning with raising the two speeches (辰一舉二言2), beginning with the outside-path teacher (巳一外道師) — a newly-ordained disciple is instructed to trade mutual flattery for worldly gain: each praising the other's virtues and concealing the other's faults before patrons, so that both profit from the arrangement.
5. Section: The Disciple
Yet his disciple then speaks in protest: "Do not hold this view! Such protection as this is not called self-protection from the fault of going to an unfortunate destiny; only guarding against this fault is called self-protection. Therefore you should protect yourself as before, and I too shall separately protect myself in another way. Since I am unable to protect you, you likewise need not protect me."
然其弟子便發抗言:勿為此見!如是護者,未名自護往惡趣失;若防此失,乃名自護。是故汝應如前自護,我亦當自別為餘護。我既不能護汝,汝亦不須護我。
Yet his disciple then speaks in protest: "Do not hold this view! Such protection as this is not called self-protection from the fault of going to an unfortunate destiny; only guarding against this fault is called self-protection. Therefore you should protect yourself as before, and I too shall separately protect myself in another way. Since I am unable to protect you, you likewise need not protect me."
With this, the disciple (巳二彼弟子) closes entirely, closing raising the two speeches (辰一舉二言2: 外道師/彼弟子) entirely — the disciple sees through the arrangement: mutual flattery protects neither party from an unfortunate rebirth; only guarding one's own conduct against that fault deserves the name "self-protection," so each should attend to their own practice rather than trading favors. The 披尋記 confirms "self-protection as before" refers back to guarding against the very fault of an unfortunate destiny.
6. Section: Distinguishing Merit and Fault
Within this meaning, one should know that the disciple is one who speaks in accordance with principle, one who is wise, since he gives weight to what is to come; one should know that his teacher is one who speaks contrary to principle, one who is foolish, since he gives weight only to the present.
於此義中,當知弟子是如理語者,是聰慧者,重當來故。應知其師是非理語者,是愚癡者,重現在故。
Within this meaning, one should know that the disciple is one who speaks in accordance with principle, one who is wise, since he gives weight to what is to come; one should know that his teacher is one who speaks contrary to principle, one who is foolish, since he gives weight only to the present.
With this, distinguishing merit and fault (辰二辨德失) closes entirely, closing **manifesting exclusive self-interest (寅一明專自利2: 標/釋), the first of the false teacher's dwelling's two matters, entirely** — weighing future consequence over present convenience marks the wise; weighing present convenience over future consequence, however dressed up as mutual aid, marks the fool — and, in this case, the false teacher.
7. Section: Manifesting the Fault of Failing to Protect Begins — Marking the Fault
Further, there is defilement that touches and disturbs another; because of this defilement, one is unable to protect oneself; and because of thereby disturbing another, this is not called protecting another.
復有雜染觸惱於他,由雜染故,不能自護;因此惱他,不名護他。
Further, there is defilement that touches and disturbs another; because of this defilement, one is unable to protect oneself; and because of thereby disturbing another, this is not called protecting another.
This opens manifesting the fault of failing to protect (寅二明不護失2), the second of the false teacher's dwelling's two matters, beginning with marking the fault (卯一標失) — a mind still defiled by affliction, when it disturbs another, has failed to protect itself, and disturbing another can never be mistaken for genuinely protecting them.
8. Section: Explaining the Meaning Begins — One Should Protect Oneself
Here, as said before, severing every affliction through drawing near a good teacher and the rest is called protecting oneself.
此中如前由親近等斷諸煩惱,名當自護。
Here, as said before, severing every affliction through drawing near a good teacher and the rest is called protecting oneself.
This opens explaining the meaning (卯二釋義2), the second of manifesting the fault of failing to protect's two matters, beginning with one should protect oneself (辰一當自護) — genuine self-protection, as established throughout this treatise, comes through drawing near a good spiritual friend, hearing the true dharma, giving principled attention, and practicing in accordance with the dharma, severing affliction at its root; the 披尋記 confirms this same fourfold sequence as the very cause of guarding against an unfortunate destiny's fault.
9. Section: One Should Protect Others Begins — Marking the Name
From this point on, taking this severance as cause, not disturbing others and the rest is called protecting others.
從此已後,由斷為因,不惱他等,名當護他。
From this point on, taking this severance as cause, not disturbing others and the rest is called protecting others.
This opens one should protect others (辰二當護他2), the second of explaining the meaning's two matters, beginning with marking the name (巳一標名) — protecting oneself through severing affliction naturally flows outward into protecting others as well, since a mind no longer disturbed by its own defilement no longer disturbs those around it.
10. Section: Explaining the Meaning Begins — Through Being Without Aversion and Without Harmfulness
One should know that, here, being without aversion and without harmfulness is the meaning of being without disturbance.
應知此中,無瞋無害,是無惱義。
One should know that, here, being without aversion and without harmfulness is the meaning of being without disturbance.
This opens explaining the meaning (巳二釋義2), the second of one should protect others' two matters, beginning with through being without aversion and without harmfulness (午一由無瞋無害) — a mind free of aversion and free of the wish to harm is, by that very freedom, incapable of disturbing another.
11. Section: Through Sympathetic Concern for All Begins — Directly Manifesting This Meaning
Giving rise, without any personal condition, to the two minds of benefit and ease; giving rise, without any personal condition, to the two minds of loving-kindness and compassion — one should know that this is the meaning of sympathetic concern. Because of this sympathetic concern, one does not disturb others.
無緣而起利樂二心,無緣而起慈悲二心,當知如此是哀愍義。由哀愍故,不惱於他。
Giving rise, without any personal condition, to the two minds of benefit and ease; giving rise, without any personal condition, to the two minds of loving-kindness and compassion — one should know that this is the meaning of sympathetic concern. Because of this sympathetic concern, one does not disturb others.
This opens through sympathetic concern for all (午二由一切哀愍2), the second of explaining the meaning's two matters, beginning with directly manifesting this meaning (未一正顯此義) — toward hostile, neutral, and dear beings alike, without regard to any personal cause, one gives rise to the wish for their benefit and ease, and to loving-kindness and compassion — the very meaning of sympathetic concern, which by its nature cannot disturb another. Master Cháng Bǎi distinguishes three levels of loving-kindness: sentient-being-conditioned kindness (an ordinary being's initial practice, regarding every being as a former parent across beginningless rebirths); dharma-conditioned kindness (a śrāvaka's realization that beings are merely the five aggregates, with no real striker or struck, beater or beaten); and unconditioned great kindness (a bodhisattva's embrace of every being as not separate from one's own mind — the same-essence great compassion).
12. Section: Setting Out Its Reversal
Therefore one should know that sympathetic concern for all beings is the very reverse of that defiled disturbance.
是故當知,一切哀愍與彼相違。
Therefore one should know that sympathetic concern for all beings is the very reverse of that defiled disturbance.
With this, setting out its reversal (未二出彼相違) closes entirely, closing through sympathetic concern for all (午二由一切哀愍2: 正顯此義/出彼相違) entirely, closing explaining the meaning (巳二釋義2: 由無瞋無害/由一切哀愍) entirely, closing **one should protect others (辰二當護他2: 標名/釋義) entirely**, closing explaining the meaning (卯二釋義2: 當自護/當護他) entirely, closing **manifesting the fault of failing to protect (寅二明不護失2: 標失/釋義) entirely**, closing **the false teacher's dwelling (丑一邪師住2: 明專自利/明不護失), the first of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, entirely** — sympathetic concern for every being stands in direct contrast to the defiled disturbance that opened this section. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this teaching to a companion sūtra: an acrobat tells his apprentice that each should watch out for the other while performing atop a pole, so both profit from their shared act; the apprentice objects that each should instead watch out for himself alone, so each descends safely — and the Buddha confirms the apprentice's wisdom, teaching that protecting oneself from affliction is itself the truest way of protecting others, since one free of affliction cannot disturb anyone, and calling every monk to cultivate the four foundations of mindfulness as both self-protection and protection of others at once.
13. Section: The Snow Mountain Begins — Comparing to Skillful Liberation Begins — Marking and Listing the Three Grounds
Further, one should know that the snow mountain is a metaphor for the Buddha's well-taught dharma and discipline; here, briefly, three parts can be found: first, the ground of the one beyond training; second, the ground of the trainee; third, the ground of the ordinary being.
復次,應知雪山喻佛善說法毗奈耶,此中略有三分可得。一、無學地,二、有學地,三、異生地。
Further, one should know that the snow mountain is a metaphor for the Buddha's well-taught dharma and discipline; here, briefly, three parts can be found: first, the ground of the one beyond training; second, the ground of the trainee; third, the ground of the ordinary being.
This opens the snow mountain (丑二雪山2), the second of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, named by the verse's first phrase's second half "the snow mountain" (邪師住雪山), beginning with comparing to skillful liberation (寅一喻善解脫2), beginning with marking and listing the three grounds (卯一標列三地) — the Buddha's own well-taught dharma is likened to a great snow mountain, its three elevations corresponding to the arhat's ground beyond training (the summit, where neither monkey nor hunter can reach), the trainee's ground (the middle slopes, where the monkey but not the hunter can still be found), and the ordinary being's ground (the foothills, where both freely roam).
14. Section: Correlating and Explaining Their Marks Begins — Within the Ground of the One Beyond Training
The monkey is a metaphor for the various minds conjoined with unprincipled attention; the hunter is a metaphor for Māra. Within the ground of the one beyond training, neither of these is able to operate.
猿猴喻彼非理作意諸相應心,獵人喻魔,於無學地俱不能行。
The monkey is a metaphor for the various minds conjoined with unprincipled attention; the hunter is a metaphor for Māra. Within the ground of the one beyond training, neither of these is able to operate.
This opens correlating and explaining their marks (卯二配釋其相3), the second of comparing to skillful liberation's two matters, a threefold structure, beginning with within the ground of the one beyond training (辰一於無學地) — the monkey's restless leaping stands for unprincipled attention's every conjoined mind; the hunter stalking it stands for Māra, disturbing body and mind, obstructing wholesome dharmas, and ruining flourishing states. The arhat, having attained the wisdom of exhaustion and the wisdom of no-further-arising, is reached by neither.
15. Section: Within the Ground of the Trainee
Within the ground of the trainee, up through the non-returner, only the monkey-like mind conjoined with unprincipled attention is alone able to go there; it is not a place where the hunter-like Māra is able to operate.
於有學地乃至不還,唯有非理作意相應猿猴喻心獨一能往,非獵人喻魔所能行。
Within the ground of the trainee, up through the non-returner, only the monkey-like mind conjoined with unprincipled attention is alone able to go there; it is not a place where the hunter-like Māra is able to operate.
This opens within the ground of the trainee (辰二於有學地), the second — the trainee, from stream-entry through non-return, has already directly realized the noble truths and attained non-discriminating wisdom, severing every discursively-arisen affliction, but the innate afflictions still remain, like a lone monkey able to roam the mountain's deep middle slopes where no hunter ever ventures.
16. Section: Within the Ground of the Ordinary Being
Within the ground of the ordinary being, both of these are able to operate.
於異生地二俱能行。
Within the ground of the ordinary being, both of these are able to operate.
This opens within the ground of the ordinary being (辰三於異生地) — an ordinary being, unable to give principled attention when facing objects and still subject to Māra's manifest activity, dwells at the mountain's very foothills, where both monkey and hunter freely appear, mind not yet purified. Reading continues past this point to confirm what follows — comparing to skillful liberation's own further matter (寅二, presumably setting out the absence of liberation) — before further closure is claimed.
17. Section: Setting Out the Absence of Liberation
Further, the various foolish ones must observe a further object in order to leave a given object; pursuing one further object after another, they remain bound by that further object — therefore, toward these objects, they do not attain liberation.
又諸愚夫,要觀餘境能出餘境,追求餘境餘境所縛,是故於境不得解脫。
Further, the various foolish ones must observe a further object in order to leave a given object; pursuing one further object after another, they remain bound by that further object — therefore, toward these objects, they do not attain liberation.
With this, setting out the absence of liberation (寅二出不解脫) closes entirely, closing **the snow mountain (丑二雪山2: 喻善解脫/出不解脫), the second of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, entirely** — an ordinary being pursuing the mundane path of meditation must always observe a still-higher, purer object (the first dhyāna's own faults driving one toward the second, and so on) merely to leave the ground below, yet remains bound within the three realms regardless of how high the ascent goes, since the underlying view of a real body is never actually severed. Master Cháng Bǎi elaborates the mountain's three elevations once more (the arhat's summit reached by neither monkey nor hunter; the trainee's middle slopes reached only by the monkey; the ordinary being's foothills reached by both), then turns to the companion sūtra's own vivid image: a foolish monkey, its hand caught in sticky pitch, tries to free itself by stamping with its feet, only to become caught by all four limbs at once — just as an ordinary being, failing to give principled attention, guards neither the sense-doors within nor the body without, becomes bound by the five desires, follows wherever Māra leads, and abandons the very contemplation of the four foundations of mindfulness that alone could free it. The Buddha calls every being to progress, through the four foundations rightly practiced, from the trainee's own attainment onward to the arhat's deep, mountain-summit liberation.
18. Section: Exhortation Begins — Setting Out the Four Meanings
Further, through hearing the true dharma, upholding it, observing its meaning, and practicing in accordance with the dharma, in their proper sequence, one should know the four meanings of exhorting, taming, settling, and establishing.
復次,由於正法聽聞、受持、觀察義理、法隨法行,如其次第,應知勸化安立四義。
Further, through hearing the true dharma, upholding it, observing its meaning, and practicing in accordance with the dharma, in their proper sequence, one should know the four meanings of exhorting, taming, settling, and establishing.
This opens exhortation (丑三勸勉2), the third of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, named by the verse's second phrase "exhortation, and being bound" (勸勉繫屬淨), beginning with setting out the four meanings (寅一出四義) — four terms correlate exactly to the fourfold sequence of hearing, upholding, observing meaning, and practicing accordingly: exhortation (urging a being to hear the true dharma), taming (subduing affliction as the dharma is upheld in mind), settling (placing the mind within the object of observed meaning), and establishing (founding the pure cause and effect of practicing in accordance with the dharma, accomplishing nirvāṇa's own merit) — the same fourfold structure the Foundation Section, fascicle 43, identifies as a bodhisattva's own natural conduct of benefiting others.
19. Section: Elaborating the Three Powers Begins — Marking and Listing
There are, further, three dharmas which are able to sever every supreme, sublime entanglement of sexual craving, let alone the various baser entanglements of sense-desire craving. What are the three? First, the power of diligence; second, the power of freedom from heedlessness; third, the power of the remedy.
復有三法,尚能斷除一切勝妙婬欲貪纏,況乎鄙劣諸欲貪纏。何等為三?一、精進力,二、不放逸力,三、對治力。
There are, further, three dharmas which are able to sever every supreme, sublime entanglement of sexual craving, let alone the various baser entanglements of sense-desire craving. What are the three? First, the power of diligence; second, the power of freedom from heedlessness; third, the power of the remedy.
This opens elaborating the three powers (寅二廣三力3), the second of exhortation's two matters, beginning with marking and listing (卯一標列) — three powers, if genuinely accomplished, are strong enough to sever even the most refined entanglement of sexual craving, let alone lesser sense-desires: the power of diligence, the power of freedom from heedlessness, and the power of the remedy.
20. Section: Correlating and Explaining
Through the power of diligence, what has already arisen is made not to abide firmly. Through the remaining two powers, what has not yet arisen is made not to arise.
由精進力,其已生者令不堅住。由餘二力,其未生者令不得生。
Through the power of diligence, what has already arisen is made not to abide firmly. Through the remaining two powers, what has not yet arisen is made not to arise.
This opens correlating and explaining (卯二配釋), the second of elaborating the three powers' three matters — diligence uproots evil already present before it can take firm hold, while freedom from heedlessness and the remedy together forestall evil not yet arisen and sustain wholesome dharmas already present or newly arising — the same fourfold task the four right efforts name.
21. Section: The Concluding Statement Manifesting the Meaning
Thus the practitioner diligently cultivates right conduct, in order to sever what evil has already arisen, and in order to make what has not yet arisen not arise.
如是行者勤修正行,為欲斷除已生惡故,及未生者令不生故。
Thus the practitioner diligently cultivates right conduct, in order to sever what evil has already arisen, and in order to make what has not yet arisen not arise.
With this, the concluding statement manifesting the meaning (卯三結顯) closes entirely, closing elaborating the three powers (寅二廣三力3: 標列/配釋/結顯) entirely, closing **exhortation (丑三勸勉2: 出四義/廣三力), the third of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, entirely** — diligent cultivation of the four foundations, sustained by these three powers, severs both present and future evil. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this teaching to three companion sūtras: one in which the Buddha instructs Ānanda that young monks, trainees, and even arhats alike should all be guided toward the four foundations of mindfulness; one occasioned by the Buddha's own sighting of the courtesan Āmrapālī from a distance, in which he warns the assembly, through the simile of a man forced to carry a bowl brimful of oil past a beautiful dancer under threat of instant beheading should a single drop spill, that a monk must guard the mind just as single-mindedly, never letting the five sense-objects distract from the body's own contemplation; and a closing verse urging the assembly to hold the four foundations as one holds that same oil bowl, since only sustained, undistracted attention — never a heedless one — can reach the sublime, subtle state beyond craving, aversion, and delusion.
22. Section: Being Bound Begins — Pointing to the Mark of Cultivation
Further, cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness with earnest gravity should be known in its marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
復次,於四念住殷重修習,如聲聞地應知其相。
Further, cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness with earnest gravity should be known in its marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
This opens being bound (丑四繫屬2), the fourth of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, named by the verse's second phrase's second half "being bound" (勸勉繫屬淨), beginning with pointing to the mark of cultivation (寅一指修相) — cultivating the four foundations with earnest gravity is, once again, pointed to the Śrāvaka Ground's own fuller treatment.
23. Section: Manifesting Being Bound Begins — Distinguishing by the Three Realms Begins — Being Bound to Māra
Being bound to Māra means being within the desire realm; this, the non-returner's fruit is able to transcend.
繫屬魔者,謂在欲界,此不還果即能超度。
Being bound to Māra means being within the desire realm; this, the non-returner's fruit is able to transcend.
This opens manifesting being bound (寅二明繫屬2), the second of being bound's two matters, beginning with distinguishing by the three realms (卯一約三界辨2), beginning with being bound to Māra (辰一繫屬魔) — craving, Māra's own domain, binds beings within the desire realm; the non-returner (the third fruit) has already transcended this particular bondage.
24. Section: Being Bound to Death
Being bound to death means from the desire realm up through the peak of existence; this, only the arhat is able to transcend.
繫屬死者,謂從欲界乃至有頂,此阿羅漢乃能超度。
Being bound to death means from the desire realm up through the peak of existence; this, only the arhat is able to transcend.
With this, being bound to death (辰二繫屬死) closes entirely, closing distinguishing by the three realms (卯一約三界辨2: 繫屬魔/繫屬死) entirely — every being throughout the three realms, so long as birth continues, remains bound to death; only the arhat, who takes no further rebirth, transcends this bondage entirely. Naming it "bound to death" rather than "bound to birth" itself signals the endless continuation of rebirth after death, which only the arhat's own finality brings to a close.
25. Section: Distinguishing by Way of Persons Begins — Setting Out the Distinctions Begins — The Impure
Those spoken of as the various impure beings mean the various ordinary beings.
言不清淨諸有情者,謂諸異生。
Those spoken of as the various impure beings mean the various ordinary beings.
This opens distinguishing by way of persons (卯二約有情辨2), the second of manifesting being bound's two matters, beginning with setting out the distinctions (辰一出差別3), a threefold structure, beginning with the impure (巳一不清淨) — ordinary beings, still carrying every affliction of view and craving throughout the three realms, are called impure.
26. Section: The Pure
Those spoken of as pure mean the various trainees.
言清淨者,謂諸有學。
Those spoken of as pure mean the various trainees.
This opens the pure (巳二清淨), the second — trainees, from stream-entry onward, have already severed every discursively-arisen affliction; though innate afflictions of varying subtlety still remain depending on their stage, they are, relative to the ordinary being, called pure.
27. Section: Bright and Pure
Those spoken of as bright and pure mean the various ones beyond training.
言鮮白者,謂諸無學。
Those spoken of as bright and pure mean the various ones beyond training.
With this, bright and pure (巳三鮮白) closes entirely, closing setting out the distinctions (辰一出差別3: 不清淨/清淨/鮮白) entirely — sustained, thoroughgoing purity is called bright and pure; unlike the trainee's own purity, which has only cleared away the coarser afflictions, the arhat alone is purified to the very end.
28. Section: Elaborating on Purity Begins — Setting Out the Four Confirmed Purities
There are, further, four confirmed purities, which are able to make the impure pure, and the already pure bright and pure.
復有四種證淨,未清淨者能令清淨,已清淨者能令鮮白。
There are, further, four confirmed purities, which are able to make the impure pure, and the already pure bright and pure.
This opens elaborating on purity (辰二廣清淨2), the second of distinguishing by way of persons' two matters, beginning with setting out the four confirmed purities (巳一出四證淨) — the four confirmed purities toward the Buddha, dharma, saṅgha, and precepts, cultivated through the four foundations of mindfulness, bring the impure to purity and carry the already pure onward to the arhat's own bright, thoroughgoing purity.
29. Section: Distinguishing Its Stages
One should know that, here, the higher trainees are called pure, and the lower trainees are called impure, since they, through the path of cultivation, are not yet pure. The rest is as said before.
當知此中,上諸有學說名清淨,下諸有學名不清淨,彼由修道未清淨故。
One should know that, here, the higher trainees are called pure, and the lower trainees are called impure, since they, through the path of cultivation, are not yet pure.
餘如前說。
The rest is as said before.
With this, distinguishing its stages (巳二辨其分位) closes entirely, closing elaborating on purity (辰二廣清淨2: 出四證淨/辨其分位) entirely, closing **distinguishing by way of persons (卯二約有情辨2: 出差別/廣清淨) entirely**, closing **manifesting being bound (寅二明繫屬2: 約三界辨/約有情辨) entirely**, closing **being bound (丑四繫屬2: 指修相/明繫屬), the fourth of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, entirely** — even among trainees, purity admits degrees: the higher trainee (the non-returner) is called pure, while the lower trainees (stream-enterer and once-returner), not yet free of desire-realm affliction through the path of cultivation, are called impure relative to the non-returner — though both remain pure relative to the ordinary being, and both remain impure relative to the arhat's own bright, final purity, per the 披尋記's own distinction of upper and lower trainee stages within the four confirmed purities. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this teaching to a substantial cluster of companion sūtras: the monk Utkaṭa's threefold petition to the Buddha, answered with the instruction to first purify one's own precepts and straighten one's own view before taking up the four foundations of mindfulness, after which he attained arhatship; the monk Vāhika's parallel teaching, adding that this same purification overcomes every class of Māra in turn (the aggregates, affliction, death, and the heavenly Māra); Aniruddha's question on how a trainee still short of security should proceed (through the very same four foundations); and Ānanda's own exchange with Udāyin on why the Buddha, despite having realized ultimate truth directly, nonetheless dwells at length on the merit of precepts — because purified precepts are themselves the necessary foundation for the four foundations of mindfulness's own cultivation. Several shorter companion sūtras follow in immediate succession, each simply reaffirming that sustained cultivation of the four foundations yields non-retrogression, purification, crossing to nirvāṇa's far shore, and, ultimately, arhatship itself — echoing the teaching that all the Buddha's teachings, however many, can be summarized as the four foundations of mindfulness alone.
30. Section: Purity's Gradual Sequence Begins — Marking and Listing the Five Kinds
Further, cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, one should know there are, briefly, five gradual stages: first, the dominant power of faith, pure going forth; second, restraint through precepts; third, restraint through the sense-faculties; fourth, delight in seclusion; fifth, purity from the hindrances.
復次,修四念住,應知略有五種漸次。一、信增上力,清淨出家;二、戒律儀;三、根律儀;四、樂遠離;五、蓋清淨。
Further, cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, one should know there are, briefly, five gradual stages: first, the dominant power of faith, pure going forth; second, restraint through precepts; third, restraint through the sense-faculties; fourth, delight in seclusion; fifth, purity from the hindrances.
This opens purity's gradual sequence (丑五淨漸次2), the fifth of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, named by the verse's second phrase's third word and the third phrase's first word "purity...the gradual sequence" (勸勉繫屬淨...漸次戒圓滿), beginning with marking and listing the five kinds (寅一標列五種) — five stages unfold in order: faith's dominant power leading to a pure going-forth (never fleeing debts or taxes, but genuinely aspiring to seek and to save); precepts received, studied, and upheld (monks devoting their first five years, nuns their first six, chiefly to the monastic code, purifying body, speech, and mind); restraint of the six sense-faculties (guarding the mind, the source from which every dharma arises or ceases, through sustained right knowledge in every activity); delight in seclusion (bodily, mental, and physical seclusion — dwelling apart from crowds, free of scattered thought, cultivating only wholesome, beneficial attention); and purity from the five hindrances (craving, ill will, torpor-and-sleep, restlessness-and-worry, doubt — severed, then progressively purified, enabling calm-abiding and, within it, insight into ultimate truth).
31. Section: Distinguishing "Not for the Householder"
Householders, though they may repeatedly cultivate the foundations of mindfulness, attain pure faith, and become pure of the hindrances, nevertheless lack the monastic training rules; one should know that their cultivation does not reach completion.
諸在家者,雖復數數修諸念住,獲得淨信,諸蓋清淨,然闕學處,當知所修不得圓滿。
Householders, though they may repeatedly cultivate the foundations of mindfulness, attain pure faith, and become pure of the hindrances, nevertheless lack the monastic training rules; one should know that their cultivation does not reach completion.
With this, distinguishing "not for the householder" (寅二簡非在家) closes entirely, closing **purity's gradual sequence (丑五淨漸次2: 標列五種/簡非在家), the fifth of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, entirely** — a householder may indeed attain pure faith and freedom from the hindrances, but, lacking the monastic training rules that householders are not bound by, cannot bring this gradual sequence to full completion. Master Cháng Bǎi traces each of the five stages to its own companion sūtra passage: pure faith leading to going forth, free of desire's entangling cords; precepts as the traffic light that tells a practitioner when to go and when to stop; the six sense-faculties guarded so that whatever the eyes see becomes an occasion for mindfulness of the Three Jewels; delight in seclusion, sitting joyfully apart under a tree or in an empty room; and the five hindrances purified by stages — first severed, then progressively refined into full purity.
32. Section: The Precepts' Fullness Begins — Marking
Further, through three causes and conditions, one should know that a monk endowed with precepts brings the fullness of restrained conduct and pure livelihood to completion.
復次,由三因緣,具戒苾芻當知禁戒淨命圓滿。
Further, through three causes and conditions, one should know that a monk endowed with precepts brings the fullness of restrained conduct and pure livelihood to completion.
This opens the precepts' fullness (丑六戒圓滿4), the sixth of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, named by the verse's third phrase's second half "the precepts' fullness" (漸次戒圓滿), beginning with marking (寅一標) — three causes and conditions bring a precept-endowed monk's restrained conduct and pure livelihood (all requisites obtained through blameless means) to full completion.
33. Section: Questioning
What are the three?
云何為三?
What are the three?
This opens questioning (寅二徵), the second of the precepts' fullness's four matters.
34. Section: Listing
First, fullness of conduct; second, fullness of what is taken up; third, fullness of what is used.
一、所行圓滿,二、攝取圓滿,三、受用圓滿。
First, fullness of conduct; second, fullness of what is taken up; third, fullness of what is used.
This opens listing (寅三列), the third of the precepts' fullness's four matters — a precept-endowed monk examines his own purity through three lenses: whether his own conduct is blameless, whether what he takes up is pure, and whether what he actually uses is pure.
35. Section: Explaining Begins — Fullness of Conduct
Fullness of conduct means being entirely free from buying and selling, up through harming, binding, severing limbs, striking, and massaging others, and every such matter.
所行圓滿者,謂從買賣,乃至害、縛、斷截、撾打、揣摩等事,皆悉遠離。
Fullness of conduct means being entirely free from buying and selling, up through harming, binding, severing limbs, striking, and massaging others, and every such matter.
This opens explaining (寅四釋3), the fourth and final of the precepts' fullness's matters, beginning with fullness of conduct (卯一所行圓滿) — a monk's conduct is full when free of commerce and of every violent or improper act toward others' bodies. The Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 22, frames this instead as avoiding five improper places (a herald's house, a courtesan's house, a wine-seller's house, a king's palace, and an outcaste's or executioner's house) while otherwise moving about blamelessly at the right time — Master Cháng Bǎi notes this passage's own "fullness of conduct" corresponds instead to that other passage's "moving about blamelessly at the right time," while the Śrāvaka Ground's own "fullness of conduct" corresponds to avoiding the five improper places named there.
36. Section: Fullness of What Is Taken Up
Fullness of what is taken up means being entirely free from taking up elephants, horses, and the like, up through taking up unhusked grain and every such matter.
攝取圓滿者,謂於攝取象馬等事,乃至攝取生穀等事,皆悉遠離。
Fullness of what is taken up means being entirely free from taking up elephants, horses, and the like, up through taking up unhusked grain and every such matter.
This opens fullness of what is taken up (卯二攝取圓滿), the second — keeping livestock (elephants, horses, cattle, sheep, chickens, pigs, dogs, cats) easily breeds attachment and is therefore forbidden to monastics; taking up unhusked grain, requiring hours of hulling before it can be eaten, likewise wastes practice time. Neither adorns the path of precepts, concentration, and wisdom, and both are therefore impure to take up — detailed further, per Master Cháng Bǎi, in the Ground of Investigation and Analysis's own treatment of the Śrāvaka and Solitary-Realizer Grounds, fascicle 68, under "unadorned."
37. Section: Fullness of What Is Used
Fullness of what is used means that clothing merely covers the body, and food merely fills the stomach, and one is thereby satisfied; toward every surplus possession, eating at the wrong time, and the like, one is entirely free.
受用圓滿者,謂衣僅蔽身,食纔充腹,便生喜足。於餘長物、非時食等,皆悉遠離。
Fullness of what is used means that clothing merely covers the body, and food merely fills the stomach, and one is thereby satisfied; toward every surplus possession, eating at the wrong time, and the like, one is entirely free.
With this, fullness of what is used (卯三受用圓滿) closes entirely, closing explaining (寅四釋3: 所行圓滿/攝取圓滿/受用圓滿) entirely, closing **the precepts' fullness (丑六戒圓滿4: 標/徵/列/釋), the sixth of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, entirely** — clothing enough only to cover the body and food enough only to sustain it, with contentment at even the barest provision and complete freedom from surplus possessions or eating outside the proper time, brings a monk's restrained conduct and pure livelihood to their full completion.
38. Section: The Ear of Grain Begins — Marking the Distinction
Further, body and the rest's four dharmas are like four great roads; the unprincipled attention that arises toward them is like wrongly praying for an ear of rice or wheat grain; the principled attention that arises toward them is like rightly praying for an ear of rice or wheat grain.
復次,身等四法如四大路,於彼所生非理作意,如邪祈願稻穀麥穗;於彼所生如理作意,如正祈願稻穀麥穗。
Further, body and the rest's four dharmas are like four great roads; the unprincipled attention that arises toward them is like wrongly praying for an ear of rice or wheat grain; the principled attention that arises toward them is like rightly praying for an ear of rice or wheat grain.
This opens the ear of grain (丑七穗2), the seventh of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, named by the verse's fourth phrase's first word "the ear of grain" (穗成就為後), beginning with marking the distinction (寅一標差別) — body, feeling, mind, and dharmas are the shared ground everyone stands on, like four great roads; misperceiving them (taking the impure body for pure, the selfless for possessing self) is like praying wrongly for a harvest — even with seed in the ground, without sun, air, water, and fertilizer, no ripened ear of grain will ever appear. 攝異門分, fascicle 84, is cited on affliction itself as a stump or stubble left in the field, causing ever-deepening, self-perpetuating growth and rendering body and mind incapable, like salt-poisoned soil unfit for any planting at all. Conversely, principled attention toward these same four is like praying rightly: the causes for purity are properly gathered, and a pure fruit is certain to follow — a practitioner who instead clings to unprincipled thought only continues circling further into saṃsāra.
39. Section: Manifesting the Outflows
One should know that the desire realm is the non-concentrated ground, just like the skin; the form and formless realms are both concentrated grounds, just like the flesh; ignorance is like the blood. Within the three realms, through the three outflows, there is the meaning of trickling.
當知欲界是不定地,猶如其皮;色無色界俱是定地,猶如其肉;無明如血。於三界中,由三種漏有淋漏義。
One should know that the desire realm is the non-concentrated ground, just like the skin; the form and formless realms are both concentrated grounds, just like the flesh; ignorance is like the blood. Within the three realms, through the three outflows, there is the meaning of trickling.
With this, manifesting the outflows (寅二明有漏) closes entirely, closing **the ear of grain (丑七穗2: 標差別/明有漏) entirely** — the desire realm's affliction, coarse and readily severed through principled attention, is like grime on the skin; the form and formless realms' subtler, meditation-linked affliction (desire's outflow only temporarily suppressed, its seed unsevered) sinks deeper, like flesh; and ignorance, pervading every one of the three realms alike, is deepest of all, like blood filling the whole body — the three outflows (of desire, of existence, of ignorance) that keep every unliberated being trickling, waterlogged, unable to dwell at ease, so long as their seeds remain. The Ground with Both Investigation and Analysis, fascicle 8, defines an outflow simply as that which keeps the mind flowing outward; 攝異門分, fascicle 84, as that which is able to give rise to future birth — together naming affliction's power to detain beings within the three realms and obstruct their approach to liberation. The 披尋記 confirms the skin-flesh-blood simile maps precisely onto desire's outflow (欲漏), existence's outflow (有漏), and ignorance's outflow (無明漏) in turn, graded by their coarseness or subtlety, both within and across the three realms.
40. Section: Accomplishment Begins — Generally Marking and Distinguishing
Further, as said before, toward every immeasurable, evil, unwholesome dharma such as craving and the rest — if one possesses these through two causes and conditions, one is unable to cultivate the four foundations of mindfulness; this does not mean everyone who possesses them in a general sense.
復次,如先所說所有貪等種種無量惡不善法,由二因緣若成就者,不能修習四種念住,非是一切泛成就者。
Further, as said before, toward every immeasurable, evil, unwholesome dharma such as craving and the rest — if one possesses these through two causes and conditions, one is unable to cultivate the four foundations of mindfulness; this does not mean everyone who possesses them in a general sense.
This opens accomplishment (丑八成就3), the eighth and final of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, named by the verse's fourth phrase's second half "accomplishment, coming last" (穗成就為後), beginning with generally marking and distinguishing (寅一總標簡) — merely possessing craving and the other unwholesome dharmas in some general sense does not by itself prevent cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness; only possessing them through two specific causes and conditions, unpacked in what follows, does. Per the 披尋記, this phrasing signals that possessing these unwholesome dharmas through any other cause and condition still leaves room for cultivating the four foundations. Reading continues past this point to confirm what follows before further closure is claimed.
41. Section: Separately Listing the Marks
What are the two? First, because the entanglements of craving and the rest are manifestly present; second, because one does not see the fault in this entanglement.
云何為二?一、有貪等纏現前故;二、於此纏不見過故。
What are the two? First, because the entanglements of craving and the rest are manifestly present; second, because one does not see the fault in this entanglement.
This opens separately listing the marks (寅二別列相), the second of accomplishment's three matters — two causes prevent cultivating the four foundations: affliction actively, forcefully present in the mind, unable to be first subdued; and, more insidiously, never recognizing that this affliction is a fault at all, so it goes untreated and, through repetition, hardens into settled habit.
42. Section: Explaining the Reason Begins — Through the Defiled Mind
Because the entanglement is manifestly present, defiling the mind, one is unable to cultivate.
纏現在前雜染心故,不能修習。
Because the entanglement is manifestly present, defiling the mind, one is unable to cultivate.
This opens explaining the reason (寅三釋所以2), the third of accomplishment's three matters, beginning with through the defiled mind (卯一由雜染心) — a mind actively agitated by present affliction cannot settle enough to cultivate. Per fascicle 8, an "entanglement" is so called because it repeatedly manifests; 攝異門分, fascicle 84, adds that its continuous, unbroken manifestation is precisely what earns the name, naming eight such entanglements (shamelessness, lack of conscience, torpor, sleepiness, restlessness, remorse, envy, and stinginess) mapped onto four kinds of obstruction — shamelessness and lack of conscience obstructing the heightened precepts, torpor and sleepiness obstructing the heightened mind, restlessness and remorse obstructing the heightened wisdom's discernment, and envy and stinginess obstructing the mutual sharing of wealth and dharma among fellow practitioners.
43. Section: Through an Attached Nature Begins — Distinguishing the Mark
Though temporarily removed from it, because of an attached nature, not being free of longing, toward the various dharmas that accord with craving and the rest, the mind is scattered and agitated, constantly chasing after and sinking into them, forever disturbed by various kinds of discursive thought — therefore one is unable to cultivate the foundations of mindfulness.
雖暫遠離,性染著故,非無戀故,於能隨順貪等諸法,其心散動,常逐漂淪,種種尋思恆隨擾亂,是故不能修習念住。
Though temporarily removed from it, because of an attached nature, not being free of longing, toward the various dharmas that accord with craving and the rest, the mind is scattered and agitated, constantly chasing after and sinking into them, forever disturbed by various kinds of discursive thought — therefore one is unable to cultivate the foundations of mindfulness.
This opens through an attached nature (卯二由性染著2), the second of explaining the reason's two matters, beginning with distinguishing the mark (辰一辨相) — even someone temporarily free of an affliction's manifest activity, if the underlying attachment remains unaddressed, still carries a longing that keeps the mind scattered and chasing after alluring objects, disturbed by discursive thought regardless of the temporary respite; left unremedied long enough, this hardens into settled habit.
44. Section: Refuting the Objection
If this were not so, then everyone whose nature is not deeply attached ought likewise to be unable to cultivate the foundations of mindfulness. If this were the case, there could be no one at all capable of cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness.
若不爾者,諸有其性不深染著,皆應不能修習念住。若如是者,無容有能修四念住。
If this were not so, then everyone whose nature is not deeply attached ought likewise to be unable to cultivate the foundations of mindfulness. If this were the case, there could be no one at all capable of cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness.
With this, refuting the objection (辰二遮非) closes entirely, by way of a double-negative argument: were it true that anyone lacking deep attachment could still not cultivate the four foundations, then literally no one — not even the mildly, superficially afflicted — could ever cultivate them at all, which is absurd; therefore, one whose affliction, though still present at times, is recognized as faulty and kept from deepening into settled attachment remains genuinely capable of cultivation, even without yet severing its seed. With this, **explaining the reason (寅三釋所以2: 由雜染心/由性染著) closes entirely**, closing **accomplishment (丑八成就3: 總標簡/別列相/釋所以), the eighth and final of the fourth particular verse's eight sections, entirely**, closing **the fourth and final particular summary verse of the foundations of mindfulness's embrace (癸四第四嗢柁南2: 頌標列/長行釋) entirely**. Master Cháng Bǎi, citing Venerable Master Yìnshùn's note that the corresponding Chinese Saṃyukta Āgama sūtra (juan 25) is lost, but its likely content preserved via its Pāli parallels (Saṃyutta Nikāya 47.13, the Cunda Sutta, and 47.14, the Ukkacela Sutta), recounts: grieving deeply at Śāriputra's and Maudgalyāyana's own parinirvāṇa, Ānanda is consoled by the Buddha, who teaches that their five aggregates of dharma (precepts, concentration, wisdom, liberation, and the knowledge and vision of liberation) have not vanished along with them, any more than the thirty-seven factors of enlightenment themselves have vanished — for every conditioned thing, however cherished, is by nature bound to perish, just as a great tree's largest boughs fall first, or a great mountain's largest boulders crumble first, and just as Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana, the Buddha's own greatest śrāvaka disciples, entered nirvāṇa before the Buddha himself would. Every disciple, the Buddha teaches, should be their own island, their own refuge, and the dharma's own refuge, relying on nothing else — sustained diligent practice of the four foundations of mindfulness, cultivating right knowledge and right mindfulness while taming worldly craving and sorrow, is how the dharma is genuinely, personally realized.
With this section's closure, the foundations of mindfulness's embrace (念住攝) — the first of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics, spanning fascicles 97 and 98 in their entirety, all four particular summary verses (八/五/六/八 sections respectively, 27 sections in total across both fascicles) — closes in its complete entirety. The text now turns to the second great topic, the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power (正斷神足攝), taken together as a single combined topic.
45. Section: The Embrace of Right Effort and the Bases of Supernormal Power Begins — The Verse Marking and Listing
Further, a summary verse says: valor and strength, cultivation; equipoise and the alternate approach, and supernormal power, coming last.
復次,嗢柁南曰:
Further, a summary verse says:
勇力修等持 異門神通後
Valor and strength, cultivation; equipoise and the alternate approach, and supernormal power, coming last.
This opens **the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power (壬二正斷神足攝2), the second of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics** — named by the general summary verse's own first line "the foundations of mindfulness and right effort; supernormal bases" (念住與正斷 神足及根力), combining the four right efforts (正斷) and the four bases of supernormal power (神足) into a single treatment, since the two topics share a single half-verse in the overall structure — beginning with the verse marking and listing (癸一頌標列) — five matters unfold in the long-form explanation that follows: valor, strength, cultivation, equipoise and the alternate approach, and supernormal power.
46. Section: The Long-Form Explanation Begins — Valor Begins — Pointing to Right Effort
One should know that the four right efforts are established, as already broadly distinguished in the Śrāvaka Ground.
應知建立四種正斷,如聲聞地已廣分別。
One should know that the four right efforts are established, as already broadly distinguished in the Śrāvaka Ground.
This opens the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋5), a fivefold structure, beginning with valor (子一勇2), named by the verse's first phrase "valor and strength" (勇力修等持), beginning with pointing to right effort (丑一指正斷) — the four right efforts (severing evil already arisen, preventing evil not yet arisen, cultivating good already arisen, and giving rise to good not yet arisen) are pointed to the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 29, for their fuller treatment.
47. Section: Explaining Diligence Begins — Setting Out the Fifth Phrase
Here, the fifth phrase of diligence, valor, is expounded.
此中宣說勇第五句。
Here, the fifth phrase of diligence, valor, is expounded.
This opens explaining diligence (丑二釋精進2), the second of valor's two matters, beginning with setting out the fifth phrase (寅一出第五句) — diligence, per 攝事分, fascicle 85, has five aspects: possessing vigor (resolving at the outset, like donning armor before battle, to cultivate the four foundations without fear); possessing exertion (sustaining the actual, uninterrupted practice of precepts, concentration, and wisdom); possessing valor (advancing courageously toward liberation, or even the Great Vehicle's own teaching, undeterred by failure); firmness and fierceness (undisturbed by cold, heat, insects, or any other bodily hardship); and not relinquishing the yoke toward every wholesome dharma (never settling for a small success, but continuing to press upward). This section treats specifically the fifth of these five, "valor" in its narrower sense.
48. Section: Explaining How the Name "Valor" Is Attained
What is called valor? It means, as said before, being able to bear every kind of suffering that arises from applying diligent effort, the suffering of exposure, the suffering of the elements' imbalance, and every kind of suffering arising from another's coarse, harsh, injurious speech and the like. Not regressing from or relinquishing the preparatory practice of cultivating right effort on account of these causes and conditions — this is therefore called valor.
云何名勇?謂如前說,堪能忍受發勤精進所生眾苦、諸淋漏苦、界不平苦、他麤惡言損惱等事所生眾苦。
What is called valor? It means, as said before, being able to bear every kind of suffering that arises from applying diligent effort, the suffering of exposure, the suffering of the elements' imbalance, and every kind of suffering arising from another's coarse, harsh, injurious speech and the like.
非此因緣退捨修習正斷加行,故名為勇。
Not regressing from or relinquishing the preparatory practice of cultivating right effort on account of these causes and conditions — this is therefore called valor.
With this, explaining how the name "valor" is attained (寅二釋得勇名) closes entirely, closing **explaining diligence (丑二釋精進2: 出第五句/釋得勇名) entirely**, closing **valor (子一勇2: 指正斷/釋精進), the first of the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power's five sections, entirely** — valor means bearing the fatigue of sustained effort, the exposure to wind, rain, cold, and heat that comes from dwelling without proper shelter, the bodily discomfort of the elements' imbalance, and the sting of another's envious, harsh speech, all without ever regressing from the preparatory practice of the right efforts. The 披尋記 notes the phrasing here closely parallels, with minor wording differences, an earlier passage in 攝事分, fascicle 95, and cautions that "trickling" (淋漏) in this context names exposure's own physical suffering, not the trickling of affliction discussed in fascicle 97 — the two meanings must not be conflated, since bearing affliction's own drift would wrongly imply tolerating unrestrained affliction rather than merely enduring hardship.
49. Section: Strength Begins — Pointing to the Bases of Supernormal Power
Further, one should know that the four bases of supernormal power are established, as already broadly distinguished in the Śrāvaka Ground.
復次,應知建立四種神足,如聲聞地已廣分別。
Further, one should know that the four bases of supernormal power are established, as already broadly distinguished in the Śrāvaka Ground.
This opens strength (子二力2), the second of the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power's five sections, named by the verse's first phrase's second half "strength" (勇力修等持), beginning with pointing to the bases of supernormal power (丑一指神足) — the four bases of supernormal power (accomplishment through aspiration's samādhi and the conduct of severance, through diligence's samādhi, through mind's samādhi, and through investigation's samādhi) are, once more, pointed to the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 29, for their fuller treatment.
50. Section: Briefly Explaining Strength Begins — Marking
Stated briefly, through four powers, the mind is sustained and brought to concentration; therefore the four bases of supernormal power are established.
若略說者,由四種力持心令定,是故建立四種神足。
Stated briefly, through four powers, the mind is sustained and brought to concentration; therefore the four bases of supernormal power are established.
This opens briefly explaining strength (丑二略說力5), the second of strength's two matters, beginning with marking (寅一標) — briefly summarized, four powers sustain and bring the mind to concentration, and it is on this basis that the four bases of supernormal power are established.
51. Section: Questioning
What are the four?
云何為四?
What are the four?
This opens questioning (寅二徵), the second of briefly explaining strength's five matters.
52. Section: Listing
First, the power of pure intention; second, the power of diligent application; third, the power of the mind's delight; fourth, the power of right wisdom.
一、淨意樂力,二、勤務力,三、心喜樂力,四、正智力。
First, the power of pure intention; second, the power of diligent application; third, the power of the mind's delight; fourth, the power of right wisdom.
This opens listing (寅三列), the third of briefly explaining strength's five matters — pure intention toward concentration, diligent application in pursuing it, the mind's own delight once settled within it, and the right wisdom that discerns what remains to be remedied together constitute the four powers that establish the bases of supernormal power.
53. Section: Explaining Begins — Through the First Power
One should know that, here, through the first power, one gives rise to a delighted wish toward samādhi, and, in order to realize it, cultivates diligent application.
當知此中,由第一力,於三摩地發生樂欲,為證得故,修習勤務。
One should know that, here, through the first power, one gives rise to a delighted wish toward samādhi, and, in order to realize it, cultivates diligent application.
This opens explaining (寅四釋4), the fourth of briefly explaining strength's five matters, beginning with through the first power (卯一由第一力) — hearing the true dharma among wise fellow practitioners, a delighted, confident wish toward samādhi first arises, and, carefully attending to every requisite condition for its cultivation, one settles the mind diligently upon its object.
54. Section: Through the Second Power
Through the second power, the mind first settled upon its object is made stable.
由第二力,最初住心令其安定。
Through the second power, the mind first settled upon its object is made stable.
This opens through the second power (卯二由第二力), the second — diligent, sustained application of samādhi stabilizes the mind that has just begun to settle upon its object.
55. Section: Through the Third Power
Through the third power, the mind already settled in concentration no longer scatters or is agitated, and is not made to drift outward once again.
由第三力,已住定心無復散動,不令於外更復飄轉。
Through the third power, the mind already settled in concentration no longer scatters or is agitated, and is not made to drift outward once again.
This opens through the third power (卯三由第三力), the third — a mind already settled, such as within the preparatory stage of concentration, delights so fully in that stillness that it no longer drifts back outward toward the objects of the senses.
56. Section: Through the Fourth Power
Through the fourth power, one observes the affliction to be remedied within equipoise, truly knowing whether it is severed or not yet severed. Further, toward the marks of entering, abiding in, and emerging from equipoise, one is able to skillfully discern them. Thus, further, toward every mark belonging to calm-abiding and the rest, whatever secondary afflictions belong to calm-abiding or insight, and whatever is able to remedy those secondary afflictions, one truly knows all of it.
由第四力,觀察等持所治煩惱,於斷未斷如實了知。又於等持入、住、出相,能善了別。如是復於奢摩他等所有諸相,若奢摩他、毗鉢舍那諸隨煩惱,及隨煩惱能對治等,皆如實知。
Through the fourth power, one observes the affliction to be remedied within equipoise, truly knowing whether it is severed or not yet severed. Further, toward the marks of entering, abiding in, and emerging from equipoise, one is able to skillfully discern them. Thus, further, toward every mark belonging to calm-abiding and the rest, whatever secondary afflictions belong to calm-abiding or insight, and whatever is able to remedy those secondary afflictions, one truly knows all of it.
This opens through the fourth power (卯四由第四力), the fourth and final of explaining's matters — right wisdom discerns exactly which affliction within equipoise has, or has not, been severed, skillfully distinguishes the marks of entering, abiding in, and emerging from that equipoise, and truly knows every mark belonging to calm-abiding and insight alike, together with whatever secondary afflictions and remedies pertain to each. The Śrāvaka Ground identifies two such marks for each of calm-abiding and insight: an object-mark (the counterpart image of the known matter that each takes as its object) and a causal mark (calm-abiding serving as insight's own causal condition, and insight's preparatory practice serving as calm-abiding's own causal condition for future purity) — detailed further, per Master Cháng Bǎi, in the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 31. Reading continues past this point to confirm what follows — briefly explaining strength's own concluding matter (寅五結) — before further closure is claimed.
57. Section: The Concluding Statement
For one who delights in equipoise, within equipoise, there is only this much task belonging to equipoise; beyond this, there is nothing further, whether excess or increase.
樂等持者,於等持中,但有爾所等持作事。除此更無若過若增。
For one who delights in equipoise, within equipoise, there is only this much task belonging to equipoise; beyond this, there is nothing further, whether excess or increase.
With this, the concluding statement (寅五結) closes entirely, closing briefly explaining strength (丑二略說力5: 標/徵/列/釋/結) entirely, closing **strength (子二力2: 指神足/略說力), the second of the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power's five sections, entirely** — these four powers (pure intention, diligent application, the mind's delight, right wisdom) exhaust the entire task involved in establishing the four bases of supernormal power (aspiration's, diligence's, mind's, and investigation's own samādhi-with-the-conduct-of-severance), with nothing more to add.
58. Section: Cultivation Begins — Briefly Marking and Listing
Further, through five causes and conditions, one should know the bases of supernormal power's brief mark of cultivation: first, through becoming free of calm-abiding's own class of secondary affliction; second, through becoming free of insight's own class of secondary affliction; third, through binding the mind to insight's own class of object; fourth, through binding the mind to calm-abiding's own class of object; fifth, through binding the mind to the object shared by both classes together.
復次,由五因緣,當知神足略修習相。一、由遠離奢摩他品隨煩惱故;二、由遠離毗鉢舍那品隨煩惱故;三、於毗鉢舍那品所緣境界繫縛心故;四、於奢摩他品所緣境界繫縛心故;五、俱於二品所緣境界繫縛心故。
Further, through five causes and conditions, one should know the bases of supernormal power's brief mark of cultivation: first, through becoming free of calm-abiding's own class of secondary affliction; second, through becoming free of insight's own class of secondary affliction; third, through binding the mind to insight's own class of object; fourth, through binding the mind to calm-abiding's own class of object; fifth, through binding the mind to the object shared by both classes together.
This opens cultivation (子三修4), the third of the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power's five sections, named by the verse's first phrase's third word "cultivation" (勇力修等持), beginning with briefly marking and listing (丑一略標列) — the first two of these five causes remedy the secondary afflictions specific to calm-abiding and to insight; the latter three establish the meditative perceptions proper to each and to both together.
59. Section: Separately Explaining the Marks Begins — The First Two Marks Begin — Setting Out the Nature Begins — Calm-Abiding's Own Secondary Affliction
One should know that, here, calm-abiding's own class of secondary affliction means the aspiration and the rest conjoined with laziness, and the aspiration and the rest conjoined with torpor and sleepiness. One should know that the aspiration and the rest conjoined with laziness is the very support for the aspiration and the rest conjoined with torpor and sleepiness.
應知此中,奢摩他品隨煩惱者,謂懈怠俱行欲等,及惛沈睡眠俱行欲等。當知懈怠俱行欲等,是惛沈睡眠俱行欲等所依止性。
One should know that, here, calm-abiding's own class of secondary affliction means the aspiration and the rest conjoined with laziness, and the aspiration and the rest conjoined with torpor and sleepiness. One should know that the aspiration and the rest conjoined with laziness is the very support for the aspiration and the rest conjoined with torpor and sleepiness.
This opens separately explaining the marks (丑二別釋相2), the second of cultivation's four matters, beginning with the first two marks (寅一初二相2), beginning with setting out the nature (卯一出體2), beginning with calm-abiding's own secondary affliction (辰一奢摩他品隨煩惱) — laziness (defined by the Compendium of Consciousness-Only as idleness in the cultivation and severance proper to wholesome and unwholesome dharmas, obstructing diligence and increasing defilement) is itself the underlying support for the still deeper affliction of torpor and sleepiness: a practitioner too lazy to diligently cultivate the four aspiration-diligence-mind-investigation samādhis will, even while formally seated, lose the object to torpor, and, if severe enough, to outright sleep. The 披尋記 confirms "aspiration and the rest" here abbreviates the same four samādhis named throughout, each of which can fall into this slack, unhurried laziness.
60. Section: Insight's Own Secondary Affliction
Insight's own class of secondary affliction means the aspiration and the rest conjoined with restlessness, and the aspiration and the rest conjoined with the agitation of sublime desires. One should know that the aspiration and the rest conjoined with restlessness is the very support for the aspiration and the rest conjoined with the agitation of sublime desires.
毗鉢舍那品隨煩惱者,謂掉舉俱行欲等,及妙欲散動俱行欲等。當知掉舉俱行欲等,是妙欲散動俱行欲等所依止性。
Insight's own class of secondary affliction means the aspiration and the rest conjoined with restlessness, and the aspiration and the rest conjoined with the agitation of sublime desires. One should know that the aspiration and the rest conjoined with restlessness is the very support for the aspiration and the rest conjoined with the agitation of sublime desires.
With this, insight's own secondary affliction (辰二毗鉢舍那品隨煩惱) closes entirely, closing setting out the nature (卯一出體2: 奢摩他品隨煩惱/毗鉢舍那品隨煩惱) entirely — restlessness, an excited, elevated mind reminiscing over past pleasant sights, sounds, places, and companions rather than seeing every dharma as illusion-like, is itself the underlying support for the still deeper affliction of agitation toward "sublime" desires — the deluded conviction that the five sense-pleasures are genuinely pure and excellent, drawing the practitioner to actively long to see, hear, or touch them once again, obstructing concentration.
61. Section: Distinguishing the Differences Begins — Toward Calm-Abiding
Further, here, through the aspiration and the rest conjoined with laziness, calm-abiding's own class is caused to dwell in defilement, yet this is not able to make every calm-abiding entirely vanish. Through the aspiration and the rest conjoined with torpor and sleepiness, calm-abiding's own class is caused to dwell in defilement, and this is, further, able to make every calm-abiding entirely vanish.
又於此中,由懈怠俱行欲等,於奢摩他品令住雜染,然不能令諸奢摩他皆悉滅沒。由惛沈睡眠俱行欲等,於奢摩他品令住雜染,亦復能令諸奢摩他皆悉滅沒。
Further, here, through the aspiration and the rest conjoined with laziness, calm-abiding's own class is caused to dwell in defilement, yet this is not able to make every calm-abiding entirely vanish. Through the aspiration and the rest conjoined with torpor and sleepiness, calm-abiding's own class is caused to dwell in defilement, and this is, further, able to make every calm-abiding entirely vanish.
This opens distinguishing the differences (卯二料簡2), the second of the first two marks' two matters, beginning with toward calm-abiding (辰一於奢摩他) — laziness merely defiles calm-abiding, leaving the practitioner unable to progress diligently but not destroying the attainment outright; torpor and sleepiness, by contrast, blur and eventually erase the object of meditation entirely, extinguishing calm-abiding altogether rather than merely defiling it.
62. Section: Toward Insight
Through the aspiration and the rest conjoined with restlessness, insight's own class is caused to dwell in defilement, yet this is not able to make insight entirely vanish. The aspiration and the rest conjoined with the agitation of sublime desires, causing insight's own class to dwell in defilement, is also able to make every insight entirely vanish.
由掉舉俱行欲等,於毗鉢舍那品令住雜染,而不能令毗鉢舍那一切滅沒。妙欲散動俱行欲等,於毗鉢舍那品令住雜染,亦令一切毗鉢舍那皆悉滅沒。
Through the aspiration and the rest conjoined with restlessness, insight's own class is caused to dwell in defilement, yet this is not able to make insight entirely vanish. The aspiration and the rest conjoined with the agitation of sublime desires, causing insight's own class to dwell in defilement, is also able to make every insight entirely vanish.
With this, toward insight (辰二於毗鉢舍那) closes entirely, closing distinguishing the differences (卯二料簡2: 於奢摩他/於毗鉢舍那) entirely, closing **the first two marks (寅一初二相2: 出體/料簡) entirely** — restlessness merely defiles insight without destroying it outright, but agitation toward the five sense-pleasures — severe enough to draw the practitioner right off the cushion in outward pursuit — extinguishes insight entirely, exactly paralleling calm-abiding's own two-tier structure above.
63. Section: The Latter Three Marks Begin — Insight's Own Class of Object
Insight's own class of object means the perception of before and after. The distinctions of this perception should be known in its marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
毗鉢舍那品所緣境者,謂前後想。此想分別,如聲聞地應知其相。
Insight's own class of object means the perception of before and after. The distinctions of this perception should be known in its marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
This opens the latter three marks (寅二後三相3), the second of separately explaining the marks' two matters, beginning with insight's own class of object (卯一毗鉢舍那品所緣境) — the perception of before and after observes past or future conditioned formations from the vantage of present attention: "dwelling observes sitting" (present attention already arisen observing what is about to arise), "sitting observes lying down" (present attention observing what has already passed), and observing the immediately preceding moment of mind without any gap — detailed further, per Master Cháng Bǎi, in the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 28.
64. Section: Calm-Abiding's Own Class of Object
Calm-abiding's own class of object means the perception of above and below. This, too, should be known in its marks as before.
奢摩他品所緣境者,謂上下想。此亦如前應知其相。
Calm-abiding's own class of object means the perception of above and below. This, too, should be known in its marks as before.
This opens calm-abiding's own class of object (卯二奢摩他品所緣境), the second — the perception of above and below observes the body, from crown to sole, as filled throughout with every kind of impure substance (hair, body hair, nails, teeth, and the rest), the very contemplation of the body's own impurity that calm-abiding rests upon.
65. Section: The Object Shared by Both Classes
The object shared by both classes means the perception of light. Toward what belongs to both classes, because of agitation, there is a cultivation of the mind conjoined with various images of light.
俱品所緣境者,謂光明想。彼於俱品由動搖故,有諸光影俱行心修。
The object shared by both classes means the perception of light. Toward what belongs to both classes, because of agitation, there is a cultivation of the mind conjoined with various images of light.
With this, the object shared by both classes (卯三俱品所緣境) closes entirely, closing the latter three marks (寅二後三相3: 毗鉢舍那品所緣境/奢摩他品所緣境/俱品所緣境) entirely, closing **separately explaining the marks (丑二別釋相2: 初二相/後三相) entirely** — the perception of light (whether the light that remedies darkness, such as sunlight, the body's own inward radiance, or the dharma's own light) accompanies the mind throughout both calm-abiding and insight alike, keeping either from being disturbed by torpor, sleepiness, or restlessness.
66. Section: Explaining the Difficult Point
Further, it is not that the aspiration and the rest is conjoined with laziness only in the sense of being conjoined with some further, separate laziness — this is called being conjoined with laziness; diligence, too, in just this way, can carry the meaning of being conjoined with laziness. That is, when diligence itself falls into slackness and slowness, and does not rightly apply itself to sustained, diligent effort, this is called being conjoined with laziness.
又非如欲等與餘懈怠相應,說名懈怠俱行;精進亦爾,得有懈怠共相應義。然即精進墮在慢緩,不正發勤精進相續,說名懈怠俱行。
Further, it is not that the aspiration and the rest is conjoined with laziness only in the sense of being conjoined with some further, separate laziness — this is called being conjoined with laziness; diligence, too, in just this way, can carry the meaning of being conjoined with laziness. That is, when diligence itself falls into slackness and slowness, and does not rightly apply itself to sustained, diligent effort, this is called being conjoined with laziness.
This opens explaining the difficult point (丑三隨難釋), the third of cultivation's four matters — even genuine diligence, if it slackens from its own former pace (practicing eight hours a day, say, and later only six), still counts as being "conjoined with laziness" in this more subtle sense. The 披尋記 clarifies that the "further" laziness named among the eight secondary afflictions (torpor, restlessness, faithlessness, laziness, heedlessness, forgetfulness, distraction, and incorrect knowledge) is being distinguished here from this different, relative sense of laziness — diligence merely slowed, not diligence entirely absent.
67. Section: The Concluding Statement Gathering Them Together
Further, these five marks, one should know, entirely embrace every kind of cultivation. For one who delights in equipoise, through this, equipoise is swiftly brought to completion.
又此五相,當知總攝一切種修。樂等持者,由此等持速得成滿。
Further, these five marks, one should know, entirely embrace every kind of cultivation. For one who delights in equipoise, through this, equipoise is swiftly brought to completion.
With this, the concluding statement gathering them together (丑四結總攝) closes entirely, closing **cultivation (子三修4: 略標列/別釋相/隨難釋/結總攝), the third of the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power's five sections, entirely** — these five marks together embrace every kind of cultivation belonging to the bases of supernormal power, and mastering them brings equipoise swiftly to full completion. Master Cháng Bǎi recounts a Dharmapada story of forest-dwelling monks who, mistaking their newly attained concentration for arhatship, are sent by the Buddha to a charnel ground before being received back — there, calmly viewing decayed corpses at first, they are startled to find desire still stirring at the sight of a still-fresh one, and, illuminated by the Buddha's own light and gentle rebuke, recognize they are not yet free of craving and press on with impurity- and selflessness-contemplation until they finally attain liberation — the moral being that only honest, ongoing self-examination, never premature self-congratulation, uncovers a defilement still lying hidden.
68. Section: Equipoise and the Alternate Approach Begin — Setting Out the Distinctions Begins — General Marking
Further, toward the five places of liberation, in accordance with what is fitting, one should know the four heightened samādhis of aspiration and the rest.
復次,於五解脫處,如其所應,當知欲等增上四種三摩地。
Further, toward the five places of liberation, in accordance with what is fitting, one should know the four heightened samādhis of aspiration and the rest.
This opens equipoise and the alternate approach (子四等持異門2), the fourth of the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power's five sections, named by the verse's first phrase's fourth word and second phrase's first word "equipoise...the alternate approach" (勇力修等持 異門神通後), explaining the four samādhis through a different lens, beginning with setting out the distinctions (丑一出差別2), beginning with general marking (寅一總標) — five places yield liberation: hearing the true dharma with earnest reverence; expounding it to others; reciting it with sublime intonation; skillfully grasping and reflecting on an excellent samādhi-sign; and, having heard the dharma, dwelling alone in seclusion to reflect, weigh, and carefully observe it — the first three corresponding to hearing-wisdom, the fourth to thinking-wisdom, and the fifth to cultivation-wisdom, detailed further, per Master Cháng Bǎi, in the Compendium of Categories, fascicle 13. Each of the five follows the same pattern: right understanding of the dharma and its meaning gives rise to delight, delight to joy, joy to bodily ease, ease to bliss, bliss to concentration, concentration to true knowing and seeing, true knowing and seeing to weariness, weariness to detachment, and detachment to liberation.
69. Section: Separately Distinguishing Begins — The First Meaning Begins — The Heightened Samādhi of Aspiration
If there is a monk who, relying on pure intention and fierce aspiration, in order to realize the most supreme penetrating wisdom, hears the true dharma from the various tathāgatas and the Buddha's disciples with earnest, respectful reverence — from this hearing, without interruption, by stages, realizes supreme samādhi — one should know this is called the heightened samādhi of aspiration.
若有苾芻,依淨意樂及猛利欲,為欲證得最勝通慧,從諸如來及佛弟子,殷重恭敬聽聞正法。從聞無間漸次證得勝三摩地。當知是名欲增上三摩地。
If there is a monk who, relying on pure intention and fierce aspiration, in order to realize the most supreme penetrating wisdom, hears the true dharma from the various tathāgatas and the Buddha's disciples with earnest, respectful reverence — from this hearing, without interruption, by stages, realizes supreme samādhi — one should know this is called the heightened samādhi of aspiration.
This opens separately distinguishing (寅二別辨2), beginning with the first meaning (卯一第一義4), a fourfold structure correlating each samādhi to the corresponding place of liberation, beginning with the heightened samādhi of aspiration (辰一欲增上三摩地) — earnestly hearing the true dharma from a buddha or noble disciple, sustained by pure intention and fierce longing for supreme wisdom, gradually, without interruption, realizes supreme samādhi — matching the first place of liberation.
70. Section: The Heightened Samādhi of Diligence
There is, further, a monk who, in accordance with the dharma heard and the dharma attained, exerts great effort, gives rise to great diligence, whether rightly expounding and teaching it to others, or reciting it with sublime, excellent intonation — from this, without interruption, by stages of cause and condition, is able to accordingly attain supreme samādhi. One should know this is called the heightened samādhi of diligence.
復有苾芻,如所聞法、如所得法,起大功用,發大精進,或正為他宣說開示,或以勝妙音詞讀誦。從此無間漸次因緣,能隨獲得勝三摩地。當知是名精進增上三摩地。
There is, further, a monk who, in accordance with the dharma heard and the dharma attained, exerts great effort, gives rise to great diligence, whether rightly expounding and teaching it to others, or reciting it with sublime, excellent intonation — from this, without interruption, by stages of cause and condition, is able to accordingly attain supreme samādhi. One should know this is called the heightened samādhi of diligence.
This opens the heightened samādhi of diligence (辰二精進增上三摩地), the second — expounding what has been heard to others, or reciting it aloud with sublime intonation, sustains without interruption and yields supreme samādhi in turn, matching the second and third places of liberation. Master Cháng Bǎi cites two later masters exemplifying just this: Great Master Zhìzhě, who, while reciting the Lotus Sūtra's chapter on the former deeds of Medicine King Bodhisattva, entered a still absorption and directly beheld the still-unbroken assembly of Vulture Peak, attaining the initial dhāraṇī and unobstructed eloquence in teaching ever after; and Great Master Tàixū, who, while reading the Great Perfection of Wisdom Sūtra, was suddenly overcome with bodily and mental clarity resembling samādhi, its focus persisting three full days, after which he thoroughly penetrated the doctrines of both emptiness and the true, permanent mind (as well as the illusory-yet-consciousness-only view), going on to champion a broad reform of Chinese Buddhism.
71. Section: The Heightened Samādhi of Mind
There is, further, a monk who, toward the various excellent samādhi-signs, skillfully grasps and reflects upon them, contemplating the bluish, festering corpse and the rest, up to the skeleton as its final limit. Through this object, supreme samādhi arises in sequence. One should know this is called the heightened samādhi of mind.
復有苾芻,於諸賢善三摩地相善取思惟,觀青瘀等,乃至骨鎖以為邊際。由此所緣,次第生起勝三摩地。當知是名心增上三摩地。
There is, further, a monk who, toward the various excellent samādhi-signs, skillfully grasps and reflects upon them, contemplating the bluish, festering corpse and the rest, up to the skeleton as its final limit. Through this object, supreme samādhi arises in sequence. One should know this is called the heightened samādhi of mind.
This opens the heightened samādhi of mind (辰三心增上三摩地), the third — skillfully grasping the sign of impurity-contemplation, from a corpse's bluish discoloration through its bloating, decay, and final reduction to a bare skeleton, sustained reflection on this object yields supreme samādhi, matching the fourth place of liberation.
72. Section: The Heightened Samādhi of Investigation
There is, further, a monk who, in accordance with the dharma heard and the dharma attained, dwells alone in a secluded place, reflecting, weighing, and carefully, truly observing. Through this cause and condition, supreme samādhi arises by stages. One should know this is called the heightened samādhi of investigation.
復有苾芻,如所聞法、如所得法,獨處空閑,思惟、籌量、審諦觀察。由此因緣,漸次生起勝三摩地。當知是名觀增上三摩地。
There is, further, a monk who, in accordance with the dharma heard and the dharma attained, dwells alone in a secluded place, reflecting, weighing, and carefully, truly observing. Through this cause and condition, supreme samādhi arises by stages. One should know this is called the heightened samādhi of investigation.
With this, the heightened samādhi of investigation (辰四觀增上三摩地) closes entirely, closing **the first meaning (卯一第一義4: 欲/精進/心/觀增上三摩地), the first of separately distinguishing's two matters, entirely** — dwelling alone in seclusion, reflecting on and weighing the dharma heard and attained through practice in accordance with the dharma, supreme samādhi arises by stages, matching the fifth and final place of liberation, completing the correlation of all four samādhis to their respective places of liberation.
73. Section: The Second Meaning Begins — Generally Marking and Listing
There is, further, a distinction: samādhi arises through four gateways. First, as before, the gateway of a fierce, delighted wish to hear the true dharma, arising from another. Second, the gateway of right instruction: having received unmistaken instruction and exhortation from another, one gives rise, without interruption and with earnest gravity, to preparatory practice; not yet having entered the fundamental, supreme samādhi, one aspires to enter through the gateway of right instruction. Third, the gateway of the mind's delight: having already entered the fundamental, supreme samādhi, in order to turn and attain the remaining, higher supreme samādhi, one proceeds through the gateway of the mind's delight. Fourth, the gateway of equal observation: through extensive learning and retention, one is oneself able, toward the dharma, to observe in accordance with principle through the gateway of equal observation.
復有差別,謂由四門起三摩地。一、由如前從他生起猛利樂欲聞正法門。二、由從他獲得無倒教授教誡,無間、殷重發起加行,未入根本勝三摩地,為欲趣入正教授門。三、由已入根本勝三摩地,為欲轉得所餘上位勝三摩地,心喜樂門。四、由多聞聞持,自能於法如理觀察平等觀門。
There is, further, a distinction: samādhi arises through four gateways. First, as before, the gateway of a fierce, delighted wish to hear the true dharma, arising from another. Second, the gateway of right instruction: having received unmistaken instruction and exhortation from another, one gives rise, without interruption and with earnest gravity, to preparatory practice; not yet having entered the fundamental, supreme samādhi, one aspires to enter through the gateway of right instruction. Third, the gateway of the mind's delight: having already entered the fundamental, supreme samādhi, in order to turn and attain the remaining, higher supreme samādhi, one proceeds through the gateway of the mind's delight. Fourth, the gateway of equal observation: through extensive learning and retention, one is oneself able, toward the dharma, to observe in accordance with principle through the gateway of equal observation.
This opens the second meaning (卯二第二義2), the second of separately distinguishing's two matters, beginning with generally marking and listing (辰一總標列) — a second, complementary lens views the same four samādhis through four gateways: the gateway of hearing (matching aspiration's own samādhi as before), the gateway of right instruction (receiving unmistaken guidance and applying diligent preparatory practice before entering fundamental samādhi, matching diligence's samādhi), the gateway of the mind's delight (advancing from a fundamental samādhi already attained toward a still higher one, matching mind's samādhi), and the gateway of equal observation (a dharma-practitioner's own extensive learning turned toward equal, principled observation of dependent origination, matching investigation's samādhi). Reading continues past this point to confirm what follows — separately correlating this second lens's own four gateways (辰二別配屬) — before further closure is claimed.
74. Section: Separately Correlating
One should know that, here, through the first gateway, the heightened samādhi of aspiration arises; through the second gateway, the heightened samādhi of diligence arises; through the third gateway, the heightened samādhi of mind arises; through the fourth gateway, the heightened samādhi of investigation arises.
當知此中,由第一門起欲增上三摩地,由第二門起精進增上三摩地,由第三門起心增上三摩地,由第四門起觀增上三摩地。
One should know that, here, through the first gateway, the heightened samādhi of aspiration arises; through the second gateway, the heightened samādhi of diligence arises; through the third gateway, the heightened samādhi of mind arises; through the fourth gateway, the heightened samādhi of investigation arises.
With this, separately correlating (辰二別配屬) closes entirely, closing the second meaning (卯二第二義2: 總標列/別配屬) entirely, closing **separately distinguishing (寅二別辨2: 第一義/第二義) entirely**, closing **setting out the distinctions (丑一出差別2: 總標/別辨), the first of equipoise and the alternate approach's two matters, entirely** — the four gateways (hearing, right instruction, the mind's delight, equal observation) map exactly onto the four heightened samādhis (aspiration, diligence, mind, investigation) in the same order, completing this second, complementary correlation.
75. Section: Pointing to the Remaining Marks
The remaining distinctions of meaning, and the distinctions of the conduct of severance, should be known in their marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
所餘分別義及分別斷行,如聲聞地應知其相。
The remaining distinctions of meaning, and the distinctions of the conduct of severance, should be known in their marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
With this, pointing to the remaining marks (丑二指餘相) closes entirely, closing **equipoise and the alternate approach (子四等持異門2: 出差別/指餘相), the fourth of the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power's five sections, entirely** — the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 29, is cited for the fuller distinction of the four named samādhis (aspiration's, diligence's, mind's, investigation's) and the eight-part conduct of severance that perfects them once affliction's manifest activity, though suppressed, still leaves its seed unsevered: aspiration (the wish for samādhi's own completion), exertion (unflagging, resolute preparatory effort), faith (undoubting confidence that sustained practice will succeed), ease (joy born of that confidence, itself fueling further diligence), mindfulness (the nine progressive stages of settling the mind), right knowledge (insight's own wisdom, alert to whether mindfulness has lapsed or wholesome and unwholesome states are present), volition (the mental factor that actively assembles the supporting conditions — precepts, sense-restraint, wakeful yoga, moderation in eating — for calm-abiding and insight), and equanimity (a mind undisturbed by craving, aversion, torpor, restlessness, or doubt toward any object across the three times) — together known as the eight excellent conducts, each supporting the four samādhis toward their completion.
76. Section: Supernormal Power Begins — Generally Marking and Distinguishing
Further, cultivating the various bases of supernormal power as a support, one is able to rightly bring forth the various noble supernormal powers. There is no outside path that, cultivating the various bases of supernormal power, is able to rightly bring forth the various noble supernormal powers.
復次,修諸神足以為依止,能正引發諸聖神通。無有外道修諸神足能正引發諸聖神通。
Further, cultivating the various bases of supernormal power as a support, one is able to rightly bring forth the various noble supernormal powers. There is no outside path that, cultivating the various bases of supernormal power, is able to rightly bring forth the various noble supernormal powers.
This opens supernormal power (子五神通2), the fifth and final of the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power's five sections, named by the verse's second phrase's second half "supernormal power, coming last" (異門神通後), beginning with generally marking and distinguishing (丑一總標簡) — the Buddhadharma's own noble supernormal powers, built on the four bases of supernormal power, surpass whatever powers outside paths may possess, since only the noble ones' own attainment counts as genuinely "noble" supernormal power.
77. Section: Separately Explaining the Marks Begins — Raising the Most Supreme
Further, the various noble ones, bringing forth every kind of most supreme supernormal power, are able, in accordance with their own aspiration and delight, to extend their life-formations, dwelling for a single eon, or beyond a single eon — that is, exceeding one eon. The person of indeterminate lineage is called "of that class"; one should know that this class exists only within the inner dharma.
又諸聖者引發所有最勝神通,隨所願樂,延諸壽行,或住一劫,或一劫餘,謂過一劫。不定種姓補特伽羅名為物類,當知此類唯住內法。
Further, the various noble ones, bringing forth every kind of most supreme supernormal power, are able, in accordance with their own aspiration and delight, to extend their life-formations, dwelling for a single eon, or beyond a single eon — that is, exceeding one eon. The person of indeterminate lineage is called "of that class"; one should know that this class exists only within the inner dharma.
This opens separately explaining the marks (丑二別釋相2), beginning with raising the most supreme (寅一舉最勝) — a noble one who has mastered the four bases of supernormal power can, as desired, extend their own lifespan by a full eon or more; the 瑜伽論記 identifies four kinds of supernormal power at play here: transformation, transformation of nature, sustaining across time, and transformation of time. This life-extension applies specifically to the śrāvaka of indeterminate lineage — one who will, in time, turn from the lesser vehicle toward supreme enlightenment — rather than to a śrāvaka of fixed lineage bound only for final nirvāṇa without remainder; the decisive section on the Bodhisattva Ground, fascicle 80, per the 披尋記, confirms the Buddha spoke of this "class" (物類) with such śrāvaka-turning-bodhisattva practitioners specifically in mind.
78. Section: Distinguishing the Powerless Begins — Toward Four Matters
Further, the various noble ones' supernormal power of transformation, toward four matters, is unable to transform them: first, the faculties; second, the mind; third, the mental factors; fourth, karma and karma's ripening.
又諸聖者變化神通,於其四事不能變化。一者、根,二者、心,三者、心所有法,四者、業及業異熟。
Further, the various noble ones' supernormal power of transformation, toward four matters, is unable to transform them: first, the faculties; second, the mind; third, the mental factors; fourth, karma and karma's ripening.
This opens distinguishing the powerless (寅二簡無能3), the second of separately explaining the marks' two matters, a threefold structure, beginning with toward four matters (卯一於四事) — however extraordinary a noble one's supernormal power may be, it cannot alter a being's own faculties, cannot conjure a mind or its mental factors out of nothing, and cannot transform karma or its ripening — four boundaries even the greatest supernormal power never crosses.
79. Section: Toward Transformation of Nature Begins — Transforming the Feeling Received Begins — Raising Pleasant Feeling Set Against Painful Feeling
Further, the various noble ones' supernormal power of transforming nature is unable to transform karma conducive to pleasant feeling, causing its own nature to change into karma conducive to painful feeling.
又諸聖者變性神通,不能轉變順樂受業,令自性改成順苦受。
Further, the various noble ones' supernormal power of transforming nature is unable to transform karma conducive to pleasant feeling, causing its own nature to change into karma conducive to painful feeling.
This opens toward transformation of nature (卯二於變性2), the second of distinguishing the powerless's three matters, beginning with transforming the feeling received (辰一轉令改受2), beginning with raising pleasant feeling set against painful feeling (巳一舉樂受望苦受) — karma already conducive to a pleasant ripening cannot be transformed, even by supernormal power, into karma conducive to a painful one; wholesome karma already accumulated can never be forced to ripen as if it were unwholesome.
80. Section: The Parallel Case of Painful Feeling Set Against Pleasant Feeling
Just as karma conducive to pleasant feeling cannot become karma conducive to painful feeling, so too, karma conducive to painful feeling toward karma conducive to pleasant feeling — one should know that it is likewise so.
如順樂受望順苦受,順苦受業望順樂受,應知亦爾。
Just as karma conducive to pleasant feeling cannot become karma conducive to painful feeling, so too, karma conducive to painful feeling toward karma conducive to pleasant feeling — one should know that it is likewise so.
With this, the parallel case of painful feeling set against pleasant feeling (巳二例苦受望樂受) closes entirely, closing transforming the feeling received (辰一轉令改受2: 舉樂受望苦受/例苦受望樂受) entirely — the same holds in reverse: unwholesome karma already fixed toward a painful ripening can never be transformed by supernormal power into karma conducive to pleasure.
81. Section: Transforming Toward No Feeling at All Begins — Raising Feeling Conducive to Neither Pain Nor Pleasure
If karma is able to be conducive to neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, one should know that it is, in the end, conducive to neither pain nor pleasure. Further, the various noble ones' supernormal power of sustaining is unable to sustain karma conducive to neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling in such a way as to make it produce no feeling at all.
若業能順非苦樂受,當知畢竟順非苦樂。又諸聖者住持神通,不能住持順非苦樂受業,令成無受。
If karma is able to be conducive to neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, one should know that it is, in the end, conducive to neither pain nor pleasure. Further, the various noble ones' supernormal power of sustaining is unable to sustain karma conducive to neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling in such a way as to make it produce no feeling at all.
This opens transforming toward no feeling at all (辰二轉令無受2), the second of toward transformation of nature's two matters, beginning with raising feeling conducive to neither pain nor pleasure (巳一舉順非苦樂受) — karma already fixed toward neutral feeling remains fixed toward neutral feeling; supernormal power cannot even suppress karma's ripening into producing no feeling whatsoever — karma, once set, will always produce some feeling.
82. Section: The Parallel Case of the Remaining Pleasant and Painful Feelings
The rest is likewise so.
餘亦如是。
The rest is likewise so.
With this, the parallel case of the remaining pleasant and painful feelings (巳二例餘苦樂受) closes entirely, closing transforming toward no feeling at all (辰二轉令無受2: 舉順非苦樂受/例餘苦樂受) entirely, closing **toward transformation of nature (卯二於變性2: 轉令改受/轉令無受), the second of distinguishing the powerless's three matters, entirely** — per the 披尋記, "the rest" names karma conducive to pleasant and painful feeling, likewise unable to be sustained into producing no feeling at all; every karma leaves its trace, and no noble one's supernormal power, however great, can erase that trace entirely.
83. Section: Toward Transformation of Time
Further, the various noble ones' supernormal power of transforming time is unable to transform karma conducive to being felt in this present life into karma conducive to being felt in a later life; nor karma conducive to being felt in a later life into karma conducive to being felt in this present life.
又諸聖者變時神通,不能轉變順現法受業,令成順後法受業;及順後法受業,令成順現法受業。
Further, the various noble ones' supernormal power of transforming time is unable to transform karma conducive to being felt in this present life into karma conducive to being felt in a later life; nor karma conducive to being felt in a later life into karma conducive to being felt in this present life.
With this, toward transformation of time (卯三於變時) closes entirely, closing **distinguishing the powerless (寅二簡無能3: 於四事/於變性/於變時) entirely**, closing **separately explaining the marks (丑二別釋相2: 舉最勝/簡無能) entirely**, closing **supernormal power (子五神通2: 總標簡/別釋相), the fifth and final of the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power's five sections, entirely** — supernormal power cannot even shift when karma ripens, whether pulling a future fruit into the present or pushing a present fruit into the future; karma's own timing, like its nature and its nonexistence, lies entirely beyond even a noble one's own supernormal reach — the common saying that "supernormal power cannot overcome karma" (神通不敵業力) captures exactly this teaching. **With this section's closure, the embrace of right effort and the bases of supernormal power (壬二正斷神足攝2: 勇/力/修/等持異門/神通), the second of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics, closes in its complete entirety.**
84. Section: The Embrace of the Faculties Begins — The Verse Marking and Listing
Further, a summary verse says: establishing them, and the sphere of their operation; the faculty of wisdom is supreme; one should know, afterward, the abidings — the class of the outsider ordinary being, and the rest.
復次,嗢柁南曰:
Further, a summary verse says:
安立所行境 慧根為最勝 當知後安住 外異生品等
Establishing them, and the sphere of their operation; the faculty of wisdom is supreme; one should know, afterward, the abidings — the class of the outsider ordinary being, and the rest.
This opens **the embrace of the faculties (壬三根攝2), the third of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics**, named by the general summary verse's second line's second half "the faculties" (神足及根力) — treating the five faculties (信根/進根/念根/定根/慧根) together with the seventeen further faculties that, with them, make up the traditional twenty-two — beginning with the verse marking and listing (癸一頌標列) — four matters unfold in the long-form explanation: establishing the twenty-two faculties, the sphere in which they properly operate, the faculty of wisdom's own supremacy among them, and, afterward, the abidings distinguishing the outsider ordinary being's class, the inner ordinary being's class, and the remaining classes of practitioner.
85. Section: The Long-Form Explanation Begins — Establishing Them Begins — Marking and Listing
Briefly, through predominance in six places, one should know that the twenty-two faculties are established. What are the six? First, predominance in grasping an object; second, predominance in continuing the family lineage; third, predominance in the causes and conditions of sustaining life, and of each distinct undertaking's preparatory exertion; fourth, predominance in experiencing the desirable and undesirable fruit produced by former lives' various karmas, and of creating new karma; fifth, predominance in tending toward mundane freedom from desire; sixth, predominance in tending toward supramundane freedom from desire.
略由六處增上義故,當知建立二十二根。何等為六?一、能取境界增上義故;二、繼嗣家族增上義故;三、活命因緣各別事業加行士用增上義故;四、受用先世諸業所作愛不愛果及造新業增上義故;五、趣向世間離欲增上義故;六、趣向出世離欲增上義故。
Briefly, through predominance in six places, one should know that the twenty-two faculties are established. What are the six? First, predominance in grasping an object; second, predominance in continuing the family lineage; third, predominance in the causes and conditions of sustaining life, and of each distinct undertaking's preparatory exertion; fourth, predominance in experiencing the desirable and undesirable fruit produced by former lives' various karmas, and of creating new karma; fifth, predominance in tending toward mundane freedom from desire; sixth, predominance in tending toward supramundane freedom from desire.
This opens the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋4), a fourfold structure matching the verse's four matters, beginning with establishing them (子一安立3), named by the verse's first phrase's first half "establishing them" (安立所行境), beginning with marking and listing (丑一標列) — six kinds of predominance ground the establishment of the twenty-two faculties: grasping an object, continuing the family lineage, sustaining life and its undertakings, experiencing karma's fruit while creating new karma, tending toward mundane freedom from desire, and tending toward supramundane freedom from desire.
86. Section: Correlating and Explaining Begins — The Eye and the Other Five Faculties
One should know that, here, with the eye faculty first and the mind faculty last, these six faculties have predominance in grasping their object.
當知此中,眼根最初,意根為後,如是六根,於取境界有增上義。
One should know that, here, with the eye faculty first and the mind faculty last, these six faculties have predominance in grasping their object.
This opens correlating and explaining (丑二配釋6), a sixfold structure matching the six kinds of predominance, beginning with the eye and the other five faculties (寅一眼等六根) — the six sense-faculties, eye through mind, together fulfill the first kind of predominance: grasping the six kinds of objects (form, sound, smell, taste, touch, and dharmas).
87. Section: The Male and Female Faculties
The two faculties, male and female, have predominance in being able to continue the family lineage's descendants.
男女二根,於能繼嗣家族子孫有增上義。
The two faculties, male and female, have predominance in being able to continue the family lineage's descendants.
This opens the male and female faculties (寅二男女二根), the second — these two faculties fulfill the second kind of predominance, sustaining human procreation and family continuity.
88. Section: The Life Faculty
The single life faculty has predominance, for those who cherish life, in the causes and conditions of sustaining life, and in each distinct undertaking's preparatory exertion.
命根一種,於愛命者活命因緣各別事業加行士用有增上義。
The single life faculty has predominance, for those who cherish life, in the causes and conditions of sustaining life, and in each distinct undertaking's preparatory exertion.
This opens the life faculty (寅三命根), the third — the single life faculty fulfills the third kind of predominance, sustaining the very continuity of life that makes any undertaking, worldly or spiritual, possible at all.
89. Section: Pleasure and the Other Four Feeling-Faculties
With pleasure first and equanimity last, these five faculties have predominance in experiencing the desirable and undesirable fruit produced by former karma, and in creating new karma.
樂最為初,捨為其後,如是五根,於其受用先業所作愛不愛果及造新業有增上義。
With pleasure first and equanimity last, these five faculties have predominance in experiencing the desirable and undesirable fruit produced by former karma, and in creating new karma.
This opens pleasure and the other four feeling-faculties (寅四樂等五根), the fourth — the five feeling-faculties (pleasure, pain, sorrow, joy, equanimity) fulfill the fourth kind of predominance: experiencing the desirable or undesirable fruit of former karma (pleasant feeling breeding attachment, painful feeling breeding aversion) while, in turn, driving the creation of yet more karma — feeling's own power to perpetuate the endless cycle of rebirth. Reading continues past this point to confirm what follows — the fifth and sixth kinds of predominance's own correlation (寅五信等五根, presumably the five faith-through-wisdom faculties, and beyond) — before further closure is claimed.
90. Section: Faith and the Other Four Path-Faculties
With faith first and wisdom last, these five faculties have predominance in being able to tend toward mundane freedom from desire.
信為最初,慧為其後,如是五根,於能趣向世間離欲有增上義。
With faith first and wisdom last, these five faculties have predominance in being able to tend toward mundane freedom from desire.
This opens faith and the other four path-faculties (寅五信等五根), the fifth — the five faculties of faith, diligence, mindfulness, concentration, and wisdom fulfill the fifth kind of predominance, helping the practitioner accomplish mundane meditative freedom from desire.
91. Section: The Three Uncontaminated Faculties
The three uncontaminated faculties — the faculty of coming to know what was not yet known, the faculty of having already known, and the faculty of complete knowledge — have predominance in being able to tend toward supramundane freedom from desire, to its very utmost finality.
未知當知、已知、具知三無漏根,於能趣向出世離欲最極究竟有增上義。
The three uncontaminated faculties — the faculty of coming to know what was not yet known, the faculty of having already known, and the faculty of complete knowledge — have predominance in being able to tend toward supramundane freedom from desire, to its very utmost finality.
With this, the three uncontaminated faculties (寅六三無漏根) closes entirely, closing **correlating and explaining (丑二配釋6: 眼等六根/男女二根/命根/樂等五根/信等五根/三無漏根) entirely** — each of the three uncontaminated faculties gathers the same nine dharmas (faith, diligence, mindfulness, concentration, wisdom, joy, ease, equanimity, and mind), differing only by depth: the faculty of coming to know what was not yet known belongs to the path toward the first fruit; the faculty of having already known spans from the first fruit through the path toward the fourth; and the faculty of complete knowledge belongs to the arhat alone, all nine dharmas perfected — together fulfilling the sixth kind of predominance, tending toward supramundane freedom from desire's own utmost finality.
92. Section: The Concluding Statement Gathering Them Together
Everything that the entire world directly sees is, in its full measure, only this much. One should know that what is able to bring this meaning to its ultimate completion never exceeds these twenty-two faculties; therefore every faculty is embraced by these twenty-two.
一切世間所現見義,其唯此量。當知是義能究竟者,無出於此二十二根,故一切根二十二攝。
Everything that the entire world directly sees is, in its full measure, only this much. One should know that what is able to bring this meaning to its ultimate completion never exceeds these twenty-two faculties; therefore every faculty is embraced by these twenty-two.
With this, the concluding statement gathering them together (丑三結攝) closes entirely, closing **establishing them (子一安立3: 標列/配釋/結攝), the first of the embrace of the faculties' four sections, entirely** — every meaning appearing anywhere in the world falls within these twenty-two faculties' own scope, and nothing capable of bringing that meaning to ultimate completion lies outside them. Master Cháng Bǎi cites a companion sūtra likening the five faculties to a hall's construction: many timbers are needed, but only once the great central roof-beam is raised can every lesser beam find its proper support — just so, wisdom, as the foremost among faith, diligence, mindfulness, concentration, and wisdom, is what sustains and holds together every other faculty's own merit.
93. Section: The Sphere of Their Operation Begins — Setting Out the Wrong Discrimination
Further, there is a certain kind that thinks thus: if there were no inner self relying on the six sense-faculty doors to operate within the six kinds of objects, then these six faculties, each operating separately, each within its own separate object, and each faculty able only to receive its own particular sphere of operation — who, then, is able to receive the very nature of what all six faculties, taken together, operate within? One should know that this arises from an inability to penetrate the principle of dependent origination, and so gives rise to a wrong discrimination toward the formations.
復次,或有一類作是思惟:若無內我託六根門,行六境界,如是六根各別所行、各別境界,然此六根唯能領受自所行境,誰能領受如是六根所行境性?當知此由不能了達緣起道理,故於諸行起邪分別。
Further, there is a certain kind that thinks thus: if there were no inner self relying on the six sense-faculty doors to operate within the six kinds of objects, then these six faculties, each operating separately, each within its own separate object, and each faculty able only to receive its own particular sphere of operation — who, then, is able to receive the very nature of what all six faculties, taken together, operate within? One should know that this arises from an inability to penetrate the principle of dependent origination, and so gives rise to a wrong discrimination toward the formations.
This opens the sphere of their operation (子二所行境3), the second of the embrace of the faculties' four sections, named by the verse's first phrase's second half "the sphere of their operation" (安立所行境), beginning with setting out the wrong discrimination (丑一出邪分別) — noticing that each of the six sense-faculties operates within its own separate object, someone unfamiliar with dependent origination wrongly concludes that a unifying self must exist to receive what all six faculties, taken together, experience — a wrong discrimination born of not understanding how conditioned phenomena actually cohere without any such self.
94. Section: Manifesting the Principle of Dependent Origination Begins — Distinguishing What Should Be Cultivated Begins — Cultivating the Four Foundations of Mindfulness
As for the principle of dependent origination: it means that, at such a time as the practitioner of yoga, toward the inward six faculties, engages them with principled attention, diligently applying the preparatory practice of cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness — at just that time, these four foundations of mindfulness receive the very nature of what the six faculties operate within. Precisely this, with respect to those objects, because of purity, is called emergence.
緣起理者,謂若有時,修瑜伽師於內六根如理攀緣,精勤加行修四念住;即於爾時,此四念住領受六根所行境性。即此於彼由清淨故,名為出離。
As for the principle of dependent origination: it means that, at such a time as the practitioner of yoga, toward the inward six faculties, engages them with principled attention, diligently applying the preparatory practice of cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness — at just that time, these four foundations of mindfulness receive the very nature of what the six faculties operate within. Precisely this, with respect to those objects, because of purity, is called emergence.
This opens manifesting the principle of dependent origination (丑二明緣起理2), the second of the sphere of their operation's three matters, beginning with distinguishing what should be cultivated (寅一辨應修3), a threefold structure, beginning with cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness (卯一修四念住) — no unifying self is needed: when the practitioner brings principled attention to the six faculties through diligently cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, it is precisely the four foundations themselves that come to receive what the six faculties, together, operate within — and this very purification is what "emergence" means.
95. Section: Attaining the Seven Factors of Enlightenment
Further, precisely because of diligently cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, one first penetrates the principle of the truths and attains the seven factors of enlightenment; at just that time, these various factors of enlightenment, being true and being real, receive the very nature of what the foundations of mindfulness operate within.
又即勤修四念住故,初達諦理得七覺支;即於爾時,此諸覺支真故實故,領受念住所行境性。
Further, precisely because of diligently cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, one first penetrates the principle of the truths and attains the seven factors of enlightenment; at just that time, these various factors of enlightenment, being true and being real, receive the very nature of what the foundations of mindfulness operate within.
This opens attaining the seven factors of enlightenment (卯二得七覺支), the second — diligent cultivation of the four foundations first penetrates the noble truths and yields the seven factors of enlightenment (mindfulness, investigation of dharmas, diligence, joy, pliancy, concentration, and equanimity); these factors, now conjoined with true reality, in turn receive what the four foundations themselves operate within, the sphere of receiving continuing to purify and deepen at every stage.
96. Section: Arising in Clear Liberation
Further, through the cause and condition of cultivating the factors of enlightenment, clear liberation arises. At just that time, such clear liberation receives the factors of enlightenment, which have already been well cultivated.
又由修習覺支因緣,起於明脫。
Further, through the cause and condition of cultivating the factors of enlightenment, clear liberation arises.
即於爾時,如是明脫領受覺支已善修習。
At just that time, such clear liberation receives the factors of enlightenment, which have already been well cultivated.
With this, arising in clear liberation (卯三起於明脫) closes entirely, closing **distinguishing what should be cultivated (寅一辨應修3: 修四念住/得七覺支/起於明脫), the first of manifesting the principle of dependent origination's two matters, entirely** — cultivating the seven factors of enlightenment gives rise to clear liberation, the wisdom and vision that frees the mind from ignorance; per the 披尋記, this clear liberation now itself receives the well-cultivated factors of enlightenment as its own sphere, the receiving relationship cascading upward one more step, from faculties to foundations to factors to liberation itself.
97. Section: Manifesting the Finality
From this point on, one no longer needs to cultivate what is operated within; having truly already severed every affliction, at just that time, through the cessation of every affliction, one attains nirvāṇa, free of excessive pride. Precisely because of being free of excessive pride, there is now, in actual fact, ultimate clear liberation, which truly receives the very nature of what the already-attained clear liberation operates within. Because of this emergence from every conditioned dharma whatsoever, one should know that clear liberation, too, attains emergence.
從此已後,不復應修所行境性。如實已斷一切煩惱,即於爾時,於諸煩惱斷滅涅槃,離增上慢。即由遠離增上慢故,此現實有究竟明脫,如實領受已得明脫所行境性。由此出離一切所有有為法故,當知明脫亦得出離。
From this point on, one no longer needs to cultivate what is operated within; having truly already severed every affliction, at just that time, through the cessation of every affliction, one attains nirvāṇa, free of excessive pride. Precisely because of being free of excessive pride, there is now, in actual fact, ultimate clear liberation, which truly receives the very nature of what the already-attained clear liberation operates within. Because of this emergence from every conditioned dharma whatsoever, one should know that clear liberation, too, attains emergence.
With this, manifesting the finality (寅二顯究竟) closes entirely, closing **manifesting the principle of dependent origination (丑二明緣起理2: 辨應修/顯究竟), the second of the sphere of their operation's three matters, entirely** — at the arhat's own stage, with every affliction genuinely severed and every trace of excessive pride gone, ultimate clear liberation itself becomes the final sphere received, and, since even this liberation belongs to the conditioned realm, clear liberation itself, in the end, attains emergence — no further cultivation, no further object, remains.
98. Section: Distinguishing the Right Designation Begins — Distinguishing What Is Not Nirvāṇa
Within nirvāṇa, neither of the two designations, the grasping subject and the grasped object, exists at all, since every conceptual proliferation is permanently extinguished and departed.
於涅槃中,能取、所取二種施設皆無所有,一切戲論永滅離故。
Within nirvāṇa, neither of the two designations, the grasping subject and the grasped object, exists at all, since every conceptual proliferation is permanently extinguished and departed.
This opens distinguishing the right designation (丑三辨正施設3), the third of the sphere of their operation's three matters, beginning with distinguishing what is not nirvāṇa (寅一簡非涅槃) — the very subject-object structure this whole section has traced (faculties received by foundations, foundations by factors, factors by liberation) belongs entirely to the conditioned realm; nirvāṇa itself, with every conceptual elaboration extinguished, admits no such designation of a grasping subject or grasped object at all.
99. Section: Explaining the Distinction
Therefore, up through every conditioned dharma, one can, in turn, ask and answer, designating the distinct discourse of the grasping subject and the grasped object; within ultimate nirvāṇa, the unconditioned dharma, every distinct discourse of questioning and answering is entirely without principle.
是故乃至諸有為法,可得展轉問答施設能取、所取言論差別;究竟涅槃無為法中,一切問答言論差別,皆不如理。
Therefore, up through every conditioned dharma, one can, in turn, ask and answer, designating the distinct discourse of the grasping subject and the grasped object; within ultimate nirvāṇa, the unconditioned dharma, every distinct discourse of questioning and answering is entirely without principle.
This opens explaining the distinction (寅二釋其差別), the second — conditioned dharmas alone admit the back-and-forth of conventional discourse about subject and object; the unconditioned, ultimate nirvāṇa admits no such discourse whatsoever, every question and answer about it being, strictly speaking, beside the point.
100. Section: Concluding "Only Defilement and Purity"
Therefore one should know that, within selflessness, one should rightly manifest that there is only defilement, and only purity.
是故當知,於無我中,應正顯示唯有雜染、唯有清淨。
Therefore one should know that, within selflessness, one should rightly manifest that there is only defilement, and only purity.
With this, concluding "only defilement and purity" (寅三結唯染淨) closes entirely, closing distinguishing the right designation (丑三辨正施設3: 簡非涅槃/釋其差別/結唯染淨) entirely, closing **the sphere of their operation (子二所行境3: 出邪分別/明緣起理/辨正施設), the second of the embrace of the faculties' four sections, entirely** — no abiding self is ever found anywhere among the six faculties or their objects; what exists is only conditioned defilement or conditioned purity, arising and passing without any controlling agent behind them. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this whole section's teaching to a companion sūtra in which the Buddha, having taught the three uncontaminated faculties (the faculty of coming to know what was not yet known, spanning the fifteen moments before the path of seeing; the faculty of having already known, from the first fruit through the path toward the fourth; and the faculty of complete knowledge, the arhat's own), sums up in verse: the trainee's own non-discriminating wisdom advances in accordance with the straight path already cultivated; diligent skillful means and well-guarded mind lead, in time, to knowing "my births are exhausted," the unobstructed path already known, liberation already known, and, at the very last, complete knowledge itself — freedom from self, right wisdom, an unshakeable, liberated mind, every conditioned thing exhausted, all nine faculties fully perfected, the six faculties resting in the utmost equanimity, the final body sustained by past karma alone, and every host of Māra's afflictions subdued — describing, verse by verse, the arhat's own attainment.
101. Section: Wisdom-Faculty's Supremacy Begins — Distinguishing Begins — What Is Accomplished at the Very Beginning
Further, if there is a person of sharp wisdom, of the kind whose faculties are keen, who, through the power of discernment, gives principled attention and reflects on the various dharmas, then, toward nirvāṇa, attains right faith and understanding.
復次,若有黠慧、諸根猛利種類士夫補特伽羅,由思擇力,如理作意思惟諸法,乃於涅槃得正信解。
Further, if there is a person of sharp wisdom, of the kind whose faculties are keen, who, through the power of discernment, gives principled attention and reflects on the various dharmas, then, toward nirvāṇa, attains right faith and understanding.
This opens wisdom-faculty's supremacy (子三慧根最勝2), the third of the embrace of the faculties' four sections, named by the verse's second phrase "the faculty of wisdom is supreme" (慧根為最勝), beginning with distinguishing (丑一辨2), beginning with what is accomplished at the very beginning (寅一最初所作) — a sharp-witted practitioner's discernment, applied through principled attention to the dharma, is what first produces genuine faith and understanding toward nirvāṇa — wisdom already at work from the very outset of practice.
102. Section: What Is Accomplished Afterward
Through the dominant power of this, one gives rise to diligent effort; through this dominant power, one is able, toward body and the rest's objects, to settle in right mindfulness; through this dominant power, one is able to bring the mind to one-pointed focus upon its object; through this dominant power, one truly knows and truly observes every dharma. By this cause and condition, one is able to reach finality.
由此增上,發勤精進;此增上故,能於身等所緣境界安住正念;此增上故,能於所緣令心一趣;此增上故,於一切法如實了知、如實觀見。由是因緣,能到究竟。
Through the dominant power of this, one gives rise to diligent effort; through this dominant power, one is able, toward body and the rest's objects, to settle in right mindfulness; through this dominant power, one is able to bring the mind to one-pointed focus upon its object; through this dominant power, one truly knows and truly observes every dharma. By this cause and condition, one is able to reach finality.
With this, what is accomplished afterward (寅二次後所作) closes entirely, closing **distinguishing (丑一辨2: 最初所作/次後所作) entirely** — that same initial wisdom's own dominant power then drives diligent effort, settles right mindfulness upon the four foundations, brings the mind to one-pointed concentration, and finally yields true knowing and seeing of every dharma, carrying the practitioner all the way to ultimate finality — wisdom active at every single stage, from first to last.
103. Section: The Concluding Statement
Therefore this wisdom, whether at the very beginning or afterward, has much work to accomplish; therefore it is said that the faculty of wisdom is the most supreme.
是故此慧,若初若後多有所作,故說慧根最為殊勝。
Therefore this wisdom, whether at the very beginning or afterward, has much work to accomplish; therefore it is said that the faculty of wisdom is the most supreme.
With this, the concluding statement (丑二結) closes entirely, closing **wisdom-faculty's supremacy (子三慧根最勝2: 辨/結), the third of the embrace of the faculties' four sections, entirely** — since wisdom is at work from the very first stirring of faith through the very last stage of realization, it is rightly called the most supreme of all the faculties. Master Cháng Bǎi cites a cluster of companion sūtras: one likening the five faculties to a hall's construction (wisdom as the great roof-beam upholding every other timber); one correlating each faculty to a doctrinal set (faith to the four confirmed purities in the Three Jewels and precepts, diligence to the four right efforts, mindfulness to the four foundations, concentration to the four dhyānas, and wisdom to the four noble truths, wisdom again standing foremost); one teaching that whoever accomplishes the wisdom faculty necessarily accomplishes the remaining four as well, since it is precisely the wisdom that recognizes beginningless ignorance's own grip on saṃsāra that drives every other faculty's own success; and one, carrying a distinctly Mahāyāna resonance, framing all five faculties as arising specifically from a noble disciple's own aspiration toward the Tathāgata's own bodhicitta.
104. Section: The Abidings Begins — The Outsider Ordinary Being's Own Class
Further, if, relying on the various buddhas' unsurpassed enlightenment, the right faith attained, up through right wisdom, does not exist even at the mundane level, one should know that this abides in the class of the outsider ordinary being.
復次,若依諸佛無上菩提所得正信乃至正慧,於此世間亦無有者,當知此住外異生品。
Further, if, relying on the various buddhas' unsurpassed enlightenment, the right faith attained, up through right wisdom, does not exist even at the mundane level, one should know that this abides in the class of the outsider ordinary being.
This opens the abidings (子四安住品類3), the fourth and final of the embrace of the faculties' four sections, named by the verse's third phrase's second half and fourth phrase "the abidings — the class of the outsider ordinary being, and the rest" (當知後安住 外異生品等), beginning with the outsider ordinary being's own class (丑一外異生品) — a being who has not attained even the mundane five faculties (faith through wisdom) taught through the buddhas' own unsurpassed enlightenment abides entirely outside the inner dharma, in the class of the outsider ordinary being.
105. Section: The Inner Ordinary Being's Own Class
If, toward this very dharma, there is only the mundane, and no supramundane attainment, one should know that this abides in the class of the inner ordinary being, not the outsider ordinary being.
即於此法唯有世間,無出世者,當知此住內異生品,非外異生。
If, toward this very dharma, there is only the mundane, and no supramundane attainment, one should know that this abides in the class of the inner ordinary being, not the outsider ordinary being.
This opens the inner ordinary being's own class (丑二內異生品), the second — a being who has attained the mundane five faculties within the inner dharma, but not yet any supramundane attainment, abides within the inner dharma's own preparatory stage — no longer an outsider, though not yet a noble one.
106. Section: Abiding Separately in the Remaining Class
If, toward this dharma, there is a supramundane attainment, one should know that all of this abides separately, in the remaining class, not belonging to those other classes.
若於此法有出世者,當知一切別住餘品,非彼品類。
If, toward this dharma, there is a supramundane attainment, one should know that all of this abides separately, in the remaining class, not belonging to those other classes.
With this, abiding separately in the remaining class (丑三別住餘品) closes entirely, closing **the abidings (子四安住品類3: 外異生品/內異生品/別住餘品), the fourth and final of the embrace of the faculties' four sections, entirely** — a being who has actually attained a supramundane fruit abides in an entirely separate, noble class, transcending both the outsider and the inner ordinary being's own classes alike. The 披尋記 confirms this threefold division exhausts every possibility: the outsider ordinary being (lacking even mundane faculties), the inner ordinary being (mundane faculties only), and the noble class (supramundane attainment) — no fourth category remains. **With this section's closure, the embrace of the faculties (壬三根攝2: 安立/所行境/慧根最勝/安住品類), the third of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics, closes in its complete entirety.**
107. Section: The Embrace of the Powers Begins — The Verse Marking and Listing
Further, a summary verse says: discernment, awakened wisdom and the rest; the nation and the rest, and the various kings; the arhat, the trainee; uprightness, coming last.
復次,嗢柁南曰:
Further, a summary verse says:
思擇覺慧等 國等及諸王 阿羅漢有學 質直最為後
Discernment, awakened wisdom and the rest; the nation and the rest, and the various kings; the arhat, the trainee; uprightness, coming last.
This opens **the embrace of the powers (壬四力攝2), the fourth of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics**, named by the general summary verse's second line's third word "the powers" (神足及根力) — treating the five powers (信力/進力/念力/定力/慧力, sharing the same names as the five faculties but denoting their strengthened, unshakeable form) alongside a wider array of powers explored in this section — beginning with the verse marking and listing (癸一頌標列) — six matters unfold in the long-form explanation: discernment, awakened wisdom and the rest (four further powers), the nation and the various kings (a tenfold royal analogy), the arhat's own eight powers, the trainee's five powers (contrasted with the Tathāgata's own ten), and, finally, the upright practitioner's fourfold mark.
108. Section: The Long-Form Explanation Begins — Discernment Begins — Marking How the Name Is Attained
Briefly, toward every unwholesome deed belonging to this present life and to later lives, having deeply seen its fault, one is able to rightly discern, bringing every unwholesome deed to rest and cultivating every wholesome deed — this is called the power of discernment.
略於一切現法、後法諸惡行中,深見過已,能正思擇,息諸惡行,修諸善行,名思擇力。
Briefly, toward every unwholesome deed belonging to this present life and to later lives, having deeply seen its fault, one is able to rightly discern, bringing every unwholesome deed to rest and cultivating every wholesome deed — this is called the power of discernment.
This opens the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋6), a sixfold structure matching the verse's six matters, beginning with discernment (子一思擇2), named by the verse's first phrase's first half "discernment" (思擇覺慧等), beginning with marking how the name is attained (丑一標得名) — deeply seeing the fault in every unwholesome deed, present or future, and thereby bringing evil to rest while cultivating good, is what earns the name "power of discernment."
109. Section: Distinguishing Its Function Begins — Able to Accomplish Two Matters
One should know that this power is able to accomplish two matters: first, being able to go to a fortunate destiny among humans and gods; second, being able to go to nirvāṇa within this present life.
當知此力能成二事。一者、能往人天善趣,二者、能往現法涅槃。
One should know that this power is able to accomplish two matters: first, being able to go to a fortunate destiny among humans and gods; second, being able to go to nirvāṇa within this present life.
This opens distinguishing its function (丑二辨業用3), the second of discernment's two matters, beginning with able to accomplish two matters (寅一能成二事) — the power of discernment, understanding evil's own fault, leads either to a fortunate rebirth among gods and humans through cultivating the five precepts and ten wholesome deeds, or, through deeper reflection on selflessness, directly to nirvāṇa within this very life.
110. Section: Able to Rightly Cultivate
Further, this is able to serve as the support for the power of cultivation, which embraces the cultivation of the foundations of mindfulness; relying on this, one is able to rightly cultivate the four foundations of mindfulness and the other factors of enlightenment. One should know that this cultivation is called the power of cultivation.
又此能與修習力攝修諸念住為所依止,由此為依,能正修習四念住等菩提分法。當知此修名修習力。
Further, this is able to serve as the support for the power of cultivation, which embraces the cultivation of the foundations of mindfulness; relying on this, one is able to rightly cultivate the four foundations of mindfulness and the other factors of enlightenment. One should know that this cultivation is called the power of cultivation.
This opens able to rightly cultivate (寅二能正修習), the second — discernment serves as the very foundation for the power of cultivation, which, relying on it, rightly cultivates the four foundations of mindfulness and every other factor of enlightenment in turn. The Ground of Cultivation-Accomplished Wisdom describes this cultivation as resting on the preparatory stage of concentration, applying insight to the four noble truths, the contemplation of selflessness, and the three concentrations, or any observation conjoined with the noble path.
111. Section: Able to Accompany Shame Begins — Marking
Further, the power of discernment is able to serve as a companion to shame arising in three places.
又思擇力,能與三處羞恥為伴。
Further, the power of discernment is able to serve as a companion to shame arising in three places.
This opens able to accompany shame (寅三能伴羞恥3), the third of distinguishing its function's three matters, beginning with marking (卯一標) — shame is the very first ornament of conduct; a practitioner with genuine shame is spurred to actively sever evil and cultivate good, and the power of discernment accompanies this shame in three distinct places.
112. Section: Questioning
What is called shame in three places?
何等名為三處羞恥?
What is called shame in three places?
This opens questioning (卯二徵), the second of able to accompany shame's three matters.
113. Section: Explaining Begins — Distinguishing Each Mark Begins — Shame with Regard to Others
First, shame with regard to others. It means thinking thus: if I commit evil, I will be censured together by the buddhas and world-honored ones who possess the wisdom to know others' minds, by the noble disciples, and by the multitudes of gods who have faith in the Buddhadharma, throughout the world. This is called the power of discernment's first place.
一者、他處羞恥。謂作是思:若我作惡,當為世間有他心智諸佛世尊、若聖弟子、若諸天眾信佛教者,共所呵毀。是名第一處思擇力。
First, shame with regard to others. It means thinking thus: if I commit evil, I will be censured together by the buddhas and world-honored ones who possess the wisdom to know others' minds, by the noble disciples, and by the multitudes of gods who have faith in the Buddhadharma, throughout the world. This is called the power of discernment's first place.
This opens explaining (卯三釋2), the third of able to accompany shame's three matters, beginning with distinguishing each mark (辰一別辨相3), a threefold structure, beginning with shame with regard to others (巳一他處羞恥) — reflecting that any evil deed would be censured by every buddha, noble disciple, and faithful god who knows one's own mind gives rise to this first kind of shame; the wise, Master Cháng Bǎi notes, confess and repent the moment an evil thought is caught, never letting it take root and continue.
114. Section: Shame with Regard to Oneself
Second, shame with regard to oneself. It means thinking thus: if I commit evil, I will certainly be deeply censured by myself — what good person would commit such an evil deed? This is called the second place's dominant power.
二者、自處羞恥。謂作是思:若我作惡,定當為己深所呵毀,何有善人為斯惡行。是名第二處增上力。
Second, shame with regard to oneself. It means thinking thus: if I commit evil, I will certainly be deeply censured by myself — what good person would commit such an evil deed? This is called the second place's dominant power.
This opens shame with regard to oneself (巳二自處羞恥), the second — sustained self-reflection and self-respect, even before the noble path is attained, holds oneself accountable to one's own aspiration, censuring oneself whenever conduct falls short of it.
115. Section: Shame with Regard to the Dharma
Third, shame with regard to the dharma. It means thinking thus: if I commit evil, I will thereby obstruct the holy life cultivated within the well-taught dharma and discipline; wherever this evil exists, it thereby destroys the holy life. This is called the power of discernment's third place.
三者、法處羞恥。謂作是思:我若作惡,便為障礙於善說法毗奈耶中所修梵行;此法若有,便壞梵行。是名第三處思擇力。
Third, shame with regard to the dharma. It means thinking thus: if I commit evil, I will thereby obstruct the holy life cultivated within the well-taught dharma and discipline; wherever this evil exists, it thereby destroys the holy life. This is called the power of discernment's third place.
With this, shame with regard to the dharma (巳三法處羞恥) closes entirely, closing distinguishing each mark (辰一別辨相3: 他處/自處/法處羞恥) entirely — reflecting on dependent origination itself, an evil deed, however illusion-like, still bears its own illusion-like fruit, directly obstructing and destroying the very holy life one seeks to cultivate — a third, doctrinally-grounded source of shame.
116. Section: Concluding the Essential Meaning
Such shame, one should know, has three places as its dominant power: first, the world as dominant; second, oneself as dominant; third, the dharma as dominant.
如是羞恥,當知三處以為增上。一、世增上,二、自增上,三、法增上。
Such shame, one should know, has three places as its dominant power: first, the world as dominant; second, oneself as dominant; third, the dharma as dominant.
With this, concluding the essential meaning (辰二結略義) closes entirely, closing explaining (卯三釋2: 別辨相/結略義) entirely, closing **able to accompany shame (寅三能伴羞恥3: 標/徵/釋) entirely**, closing **distinguishing its function (丑二辨業用3: 能成二事/能正修習/能伴羞恥) entirely**, closing **discernment (子一思擇2: 標得名/辨業用), the first of the embrace of the powers' six sections, entirely** — the world's, one's own, and the dharma's own dominant power together sustain the shame that discernment's power accompanies. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this section to a substantial cluster of companion sūtras teaching discernment (數力) and cultivation (修力) as a matched pair of powers — reflecting in a forest or beneath a tree that bodily, verbal, and mental evil conduct brings present and future retribution, self-reproach, censure by the wise, and eventual descent to the hells, thereby severing evil and cultivating good in turn; discernment maturing into cultivation, which perfects the four foundations of mindfulness and, ultimately, all nine dharmas (faith, diligence, mindfulness, concentration, wisdom, shame-with-regard-to-self, shame-with-regard-to-others, discernment, and cultivation) unpacked further in companion sūtras 54 and 55; and the four paths (preparatory, uninterrupted, liberation, and further advancement) and four dharma-phrases (well-spoken by the noble, spoken with love, spoken truthfully, spoken in accordance with the dharma) that discernment and cultivation together bring to completion.
117. Section: Awakened Wisdom and the Rest Begins — Marking and Listing
Further, through the dominant power of conduct that benefits oneself and conduct that benefits others, one should know that four powers are established: first, the power of awakened wisdom; second, the power of diligence; third, the power of blamelessness; fourth, the power of embracing others.
復次,由自利行及利他行為增上故,當知建立有四種力。一、覺慧力,二、精進力,三、無罪力,四、攝受力。
Further, through the dominant power of conduct that benefits oneself and conduct that benefits others, one should know that four powers are established: first, the power of awakened wisdom; second, the power of diligence; third, the power of blamelessness; fourth, the power of embracing others.
This opens awakened wisdom and the rest (子二覺慧等2), the second of the embrace of the powers' six sections, named by the verse's first phrase's second half "awakened wisdom and the rest" (思擇覺慧等), beginning with marking and listing (丑一標列) — four powers together strengthen both self-benefiting and other-benefiting conduct: the power of awakened wisdom (discerning, across six pairs, what is blameworthy or blameless, what should be cultivated or avoided, base or noble, dark or bright, discriminated or non-discriminated, and dependently-originated or not), the power of diligence (the same four right efforts underlying every other power), the power of blamelessness (sustained inward examination of body, speech, and mind, confessing and resolving never to repeat any fault found), and the power of embracing others (the four means of embrace — giving, kind speech, beneficial conduct, and cooperation — detailed further, per Master Cháng Bǎi, in the Bodhisattva Ground, fascicle 43, where these four are further unfolded into nine practices). Reading continues past this point to confirm what follows before further closure is claimed.
118. Section: Correlating and Explaining Begins — Toward One's Own Benefit Begins — Marking the Distinction
Being able to go to nirvāṇa within this present life is called one's own benefit; being able to go to a fortunate destiny among humans and gods is also called one's own benefit.
能往現法涅槃,名為自義;能往人天善趣,亦名自義。
Being able to go to nirvāṇa within this present life is called one's own benefit; being able to go to a fortunate destiny among humans and gods is also called one's own benefit.
This opens correlating and explaining (丑二配釋2), the second of awakened wisdom and the rest's two matters, beginning with toward one's own benefit (寅一於自義2), beginning with marking the distinction (卯一標差別) — the first three of the four powers (awakened wisdom, diligence, blamelessness) all serve one's own benefit, which itself divides into two: present-life nirvāṇa (decisive excellence) and a fortunate rebirth among humans and gods (heightened existence).
119. Section: Correlating Their Establishment Begins — Able to Give Rise to Skillful Means
One should know that, here, relying on the first kind of one's own benefit, the two powers of awakened wisdom and diligence are established. Through these two powers, one is able, through skillful means, to give rise to right effort.
當知此中,依第一自義,建立覺慧、精進二力。由是二力,能有方便發起正勤。
One should know that, here, relying on the first kind of one's own benefit, the two powers of awakened wisdom and diligence are established. Through these two powers, one is able, through skillful means, to give rise to right effort.
This opens correlating their establishment (卯二配建立2), the second of toward one's own benefit's two matters, beginning with able to give rise to skillful means (辰一能起方便) — awakened wisdom (discerning dependent origination and wholesome from unwholesome dharmas) and diligence together establish, through skillful means, the right efforts that carry a practitioner toward present-life nirvāṇa, each reinforcing the other in a virtuous cycle of awakening and renewed effort.
120. Section: Able to Reach Finality
Relying on the second kind of one's own benefit, the power of blamelessness is established. Through these three powers, every kind of one's own benefit reaches its finality.
依第二自義,立無罪力。由此三力,一切自義皆得究竟。
Relying on the second kind of one's own benefit, the power of blamelessness is established. Through these three powers, every kind of one's own benefit reaches its finality.
With this, able to reach finality (辰二能得究竟) closes entirely, closing correlating their establishment (卯二配建立2: 能起方便/能得究竟) entirely, closing **toward one's own benefit (寅一於自義2: 標差別/配建立), the first of correlating and explaining's two matters, entirely** — the power of blamelessness (freedom from the ten unwholesome deeds) secures, at minimum, a fortunate rebirth even where present-life nirvāṇa is not reached; together, all three powers bring every kind of one's own benefit to complete finality.
121. Section: Toward the Benefit of Others Begins — Manifesting Its Establishment
For one who delights in benefiting others, accomplishing others' benefit requires a remaining, further power. Through this dominant power, the power of embracing others is established.
樂利他者,他義有餘。由此增上,立攝受力。
For one who delights in benefiting others, accomplishing others' benefit requires a remaining, further power. Through this dominant power, the power of embracing others is established.
This opens toward the benefit of others (寅二於他義2), the second of correlating and explaining's two matters, beginning with manifesting its establishment (卯一明建立) — a bodhisattva who delights in benefiting others, since the first three powers alone address only one's own benefit, requires this fourth, remaining power — the power of embracing others through the four means of embrace — to genuinely accomplish others' welfare.
122. Section: Pointing to the Matters of Embrace
One should know that the matters of embrace should be known in their marks as already distinguished in the Bodhisattva Ground.
當知攝事,如菩薩地已辯其相。
One should know that the matters of embrace should be known in their marks as already distinguished in the Bodhisattva Ground.
With this, pointing to the matters of embrace (卯二指攝事) closes entirely, closing toward the benefit of others (寅二於他義2: 明建立/指攝事) entirely, closing **correlating and explaining (丑二配釋2: 於自義/於他義) entirely**, closing **awakened wisdom and the rest (子二覺慧等2: 標列/配釋), the second of the embrace of the powers' six sections, entirely** — the four means of embrace, fully unpacked in the Bodhisattva Ground, fascicle 43 (and also in fascicles 41-42's own treatment of the precept of benefiting sentient beings), are here simply pointed to rather than re-explained, since the first three powers alone cannot accomplish another's benefit, per the 披尋記. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this section to a substantial cluster of companion sūtras (13 through 29): three overlapping triads of power (faith-diligence-wisdom, faith-mindfulness-wisdom, faith-concentration-wisdom, faith and wisdom being the two indispensable anchors, the other three serving as helpers) that together compose the five powers; two further four-power groupings that likewise reduce to the five powers plus this section's own four (awakened wisdom, diligence, blamelessness, embrace); a ranking of each of the four means of embrace's own supreme form (dharma-giving as supreme among giving; timely dharma-teaching as supreme among loving speech; establishing others in wholesome roots as supreme among beneficial conduct; and meeting each person exactly at their own attainment as supreme among cooperation); a verse likening the four means of embrace to a cart's linchpin, without which filial devotion between parent and child, and the very possibility of noble and sagely virtue benefiting the world, would collapse entirely; and a teaching that mastering these four powers frees a practitioner from five fears — of not surviving, of ill repute, of public assemblies, of death, and of an unfortunate rebirth — since blameless conduct and sustained mindfulness leave nothing left to fear.
123. Section: The Nation and the Various Kings Begins — Marking Their Establishment
Further, relying on the nation and the king, whether male or female, whether husband or wife, whether foolish or wise, whether dwelling as a householder or as one gone forth, one should know that ten kinds of power are established.
復次,依國及王、若男、若女、若夫、若妻、若愚、若智、若處居家、若出家眾,當知建立有十種力。
Further, relying on the nation and the king, whether male or female, whether husband or wife, whether foolish or wise, whether dwelling as a householder or as one gone forth, one should know that ten kinds of power are established.
This opens the nation and the various kings (子三國及王等2), the third of the embrace of the powers' six sections, named by the verse's second phrase "the nation and the rest, and the various kings" (國等及諸王), beginning with marking their establishment (丑一標建立) — ten powers are established by drawing an analogy across ten kinds of worldly figures and stations, from the ruling king down to the renunciant.
124. Section: Pointing to What the Sūtra Teaches
That is, the various kings possess the power of sovereignty. Such powers as these are extensively explained as in the sūtra.
謂諸國王有自在力。如是等力,廣說如經。
That is, the various kings possess the power of sovereignty. Such powers as these are extensively explained as in the sūtra.
With this, pointing to what the sūtra teaches (丑二指經說) closes entirely, closing **the nation and the various kings (子三國及王等2: 標建立/指經說), the third of the embrace of the powers' six sections, entirely** — a companion sūtra catalogs ten such worldly powers, each figure showing forth their own characteristic strength: the sovereign king's own authority; the deciding minister's own judgment; the skilled artisan's own craft; the bandit's own blade; a resentful woman's own unrelenting grudge; a crying infant's own wail (the only means it has to make its needs known); the foolish person's own habit of criticizing whatever they encounter; the wise person's own careful, penetrating observation; the renunciant's own patience (through which, as the sūtra says, "every dharma is accomplished"); and the well-read person's own capacity to infer the whole from a single part. This tenfold folk-wisdom catalog offers, alongside the doctrinal ten powers, a second sūtra's own worldly analogy for what "power" itself can mean, mapped loosely onto occupation and social role.
125. Section: The Arhat Begins — General Marking
Further, the various arhats accomplish eight powers, truly experiencing that craving, aversion, delusion, and the rest are permanently exhausted without remainder, no longer committing any evil, and cultivating every good.
復次,諸阿羅漢成就八力,如實領受貪瞋癡等永盡無餘,不造諸惡,修習諸善。
Further, the various arhats accomplish eight powers, truly experiencing that craving, aversion, delusion, and the rest are permanently exhausted without remainder, no longer committing any evil, and cultivating every good.
This opens the arhat (子四阿羅漢2), the fourth of the embrace of the powers' six sections, named by the verse's third phrase's first half "the arhat" (阿羅漢有學), beginning with general marking (丑一總標) — the arhat's eight powers (weariness toward future existence, weariness toward the desires, the foundations of mindfulness, right effort, the bases of supernormal power, the faculties and powers, the factors of enlightenment, and the path-factors) together confirm that every affliction has been permanently exhausted, manifesting in the complete absence of evil conduct and the sustained cultivation of good.
126. Section: Separately Explaining Begins — Not Committing Any Evil Begins — Through Weariness Toward Future Existence
That is, because the mind tends toward seclusion, toward renunciation, and toward parinirvāṇa, one wearies of and turns away from future existence. Through the cause and condition of this weariness and turning away, one does not commit evil karma.
謂心趣向遠離、出離、般涅槃故,厭背後有。厭背因緣,不造惡業。
That is, because the mind tends toward seclusion, toward renunciation, and toward parinirvāṇa, one wearies of and turns away from future existence. Through the cause and condition of this weariness and turning away, one does not commit evil karma.
This opens separately explaining (丑二別釋2), beginning with not committing any evil (寅一不造諸惡2), beginning with through weariness toward future existence (卯一由厭後有) — per the 披尋記, tending toward seclusion means tending away from desire and the various unwholesome dharmas; tending toward renunciation means tending away from the household life's own cramped, oppressive suffering; and tending toward parinirvāṇa means tending toward the sublime realm of nirvāṇa without remainder — this threefold tendency wearies the arhat of future existence entirely, and this very weariness is what forestalls any further evil karma.
127. Section: Through Weariness Toward the Various Desires
Further, seeing the various desires as just like a portion of burning charcoal, one wearies of and turns away from the various desires. Through the cause and condition of this weariness and turning away, one does not commit evil karma.
又見諸欲猶如一分熱炭火故,厭背諸欲。厭背因緣,不造惡業。
Further, seeing the various desires as just like a portion of burning charcoal, one wearies of and turns away from the various desires. Through the cause and condition of this weariness and turning away, one does not commit evil karma.
This opens through weariness toward the various desires (卯二由厭諸欲), the second — seeing the desires themselves as a live coal, dangerous to grasp no matter how enticing its glow, the arhat wearies of and turns entirely away from them, and this weariness likewise forestalls further evil karma. Reading continues past this point to confirm what follows before further closure is claimed.
128. Section: Cultivating Every Good Begins — Marking
Through these two powers, one does not commit any evil. Because one does not commit evil, one, moreover, cultivates every good through six gateways.
由此二力,不造諸惡。不造惡故,復由六門修習諸善。
Through these two powers, one does not commit any evil. Because one does not commit evil, one, moreover, cultivates every good through six gateways.
This opens cultivating every good (寅二修習諸善2), the second of separately explaining's two matters, beginning with marking (卯一標) — freed of evil conduct through the two powers of weariness (toward future existence and toward the desires), the arhat's remaining six powers actively cultivate every wholesome dharma through six further gateways.
129. Section: Listing
That is: the foundations of mindfulness, right effort, the bases of supernormal power, the faculties and powers, the factors of enlightenment, and the path-factors.
謂念住、正斷、神足、根力、覺支、道支。
That is: the foundations of mindfulness, right effort, the bases of supernormal power, the faculties and powers, the factors of enlightenment, and the path-factors.
With this, listing (卯二列) closes entirely, closing cultivating every good (寅二修習諸善2: 標/列) entirely, closing **separately explaining (丑二別釋2: 不造諸惡/修習諸善) entirely**, closing **the arhat (子四阿羅漢2: 總標/別釋), the fourth of the embrace of the powers' six sections, entirely** — the six gateways of good (the foundations of mindfulness, right effort, the bases of supernormal power, the faculties and powers together, the factors of enlightenment, and the eightfold path) together with the two powers of weariness complete the arhat's own eight powers. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this teaching to a cluster of companion sūtras: the Tathāgata's own six powers of knowledge (knowing what accords or does not accord with reason; knowing every being's karmic ripening across the three times; knowing every meditative attainment; knowing every being's own past lives; possessing the pure heavenly eye to see where beings are reborn; and having severed every affliction, attaining both mental and wisdom liberation) that let him turn the wheel of the pure dharma and roar the lion's roar; a sevenfold power (faith, diligence, mindfulness, concentration, wisdom, shame with regard to self, and shame with regard to others) able to exhaust every outflow; and an eightfold folk-power grouping repeating the earlier tenfold worldly analogy in abbreviated form. A further sūtra distinguishes the Buddha's own wisdom-liberation from the arhat's, comparing the śrāvaka's own wisdom to an infant's own: just as a wet-nurse must, at first, reach into an infant's mouth to remove what should not be swallowed, causing distress but ensuring safety, until the child grows wise enough to know better on its own, so too the Buddha instructs, sometimes sternly, his still-learning disciples, until their wisdom, like the arhat's, no longer needs such correction — the Buddha alone having awakened to dependent origination entirely without a teacher, and alone able to establish the very precepts and paths that his disciples, however accomplished, still rely upon him to have first taught.
130. Section: The Trainee Begins — Setting Out What the Buddha Taught
Further, the various buddha-tathāgatas, by way of self-benefiting conduct and other-benefiting conduct, in order to manifest their own distinction from their various disciples, speak thus: the various trainees accomplish five powers; only the tathāgata accomplishes ten powers.
復次,諸佛如來依自利行及利他行,為欲顯己與諸弟子有差別故,說如是言:諸有學者成就五力,唯有如來成就十力。
Further, the various buddha-tathāgatas, by way of self-benefiting conduct and other-benefiting conduct, in order to manifest their own distinction from their various disciples, speak thus: the various trainees accomplish five powers; only the tathāgata accomplishes ten powers.
This opens the trainee (子五有學2), the fifth of the embrace of the powers' six sections, named by the verse's third phrase's second half "the trainee" (阿羅漢有學), beginning with setting out what the Buddha taught (丑一出佛說) — the Tathāgata himself draws this distinction, to manifest his own supremacy: trainees accomplish only five powers (faith, diligence, mindfulness, concentration, wisdom), while only the Tathāgata accomplishes the full ten (knowledge of what is possible and impossible, of karmic ripening, of every meditative attainment, of faculties' relative strength, of every kind of resolve, of every kind of disposition, of every path's destination, of past lives, of death and rebirth, and of the exhaustion of every outflow). Per the 披尋記, these five powers, possessing great, overwhelming force, subdue every army of Māra and are able to realize the permanent exhaustion of every outflow — hence the name "power."
131. Section: Manifesting Their Meaning Begins — Toward the Various Trainees
If there are noble disciples who accomplish the trainee's five powers, practicing self-benefiting conduct, they attain the most supreme fruit of arhatship; from this point on, without interruption, every kind of their own benefit reaches finality.
若有成就有學五力,行自利行諸聖弟子,獲得最上阿羅漢果,從此無間,一切自義皆得究竟。
If there are noble disciples who accomplish the trainee's five powers, practicing self-benefiting conduct, they attain the most supreme fruit of arhatship; from this point on, without interruption, every kind of their own benefit reaches finality.
This opens manifesting their meaning (丑二顯彼義2), the second of the trainee's two matters, beginning with toward the various trainees (寅一於諸有學) — the trainee's own five powers, cultivated through self-benefiting conduct, lead without interruption to arhatship's own supreme fruit, at which point every kind of self-benefit reaches its complete finality.
132. Section: Toward the Various Tathāgatas Begins — Briefly Distinguishing the Marks Begins — Accomplishing Two Kinds of Conduct
The Tathāgata, having already attained arhatship, accomplishes ten powers, practicing other-benefiting conduct, taking benefiting others as his very own benefit. Supposing that, at such a time, every matter of transforming beings reaches its finality, and he enters the realm of nirvāṇa without remainder — one should know that, at that time, the task to be accomplished is only then brought to completion.
如來獲得阿羅漢已,成就十力,行利他行,即用利他以為自義。設於是時,一切所化其事究竟,入無餘依般涅槃界,當知爾時,於所作事方得圓滿。
The Tathāgata, having already attained arhatship, accomplishes ten powers, practicing other-benefiting conduct, taking benefiting others as his very own benefit. Supposing that, at such a time, every matter of transforming beings reaches its finality, and he enters the realm of nirvāṇa without remainder — one should know that, at that time, the task to be accomplished is only then brought to completion.
This opens toward the various tathāgatas (寅二於諸如來2), the second of manifesting their meaning's two matters, beginning with briefly distinguishing the marks (卯一略辨相2), beginning with accomplishing two kinds of conduct (辰一成就二行) — the Tathāgata, already having attained arhatship's own self-benefit, takes benefiting others as his very own benefit instead, his task only reaching complete fulfillment once every being he can transform has been transformed and he enters nirvāṇa without remainder.
133. Section: Manifesting Its Excellence
Whether the arhat-conduct that is cultivated, or the conduct of taking benefiting others as one's very own benefit — these two causes and conditions, relative to the various disciples, are both supreme.
若所修行阿羅漢行,若為利他即自義行,此二因緣,於諸弟子皆為殊勝。
Whether the arhat-conduct that is cultivated, or the conduct of taking benefiting others as one's very own benefit — these two causes and conditions, relative to the various disciples, are both supreme.
With this, manifesting its excellence (辰二顯其殊勝) closes entirely, closing briefly distinguishing the marks (卯一略辨相2: 成就二行/顯其殊勝) entirely — both the Tathāgata's own arhat-conduct and his conduct of taking others' benefit as his own surpass what any disciple, however accomplished, attains — a double excellence unique to the Buddha alone.
134. Section: Pointing to the Fuller Explanation
The Tathāgata's ten powers should be known in their marks as already broadly distinguished in the Bodhisattva Ground.
如來十力,如菩薩地已廣分別。
The Tathāgata's ten powers should be known in their marks as already broadly distinguished in the Bodhisattva Ground.
With this, pointing to the fuller explanation (卯二指廣說) closes entirely, closing **toward the various tathāgatas (寅二於諸如來2: 略辨相/指廣說) entirely**, closing **manifesting their meaning (丑二顯彼義2: 於諸有學/於諸如來) entirely**, closing **the trainee (子五有學2: 出佛說/顯彼義), the fifth of the embrace of the powers' six sections, entirely** — the Tathāgata's ten powers are pointed, once more, to the Bodhisattva Ground's own establishment chapter, fascicles 49-50, for their fuller treatment. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this section to a cluster of companion sūtras teaching the five powers (variously named faith-diligence-mindfulness-concentration-wisdom or faith-diligence-shame-conscience-wisdom, each correlated to the four confirmed purities, the four right efforts, the four foundations, the four dhyānas, and the four noble truths in turn), the mutual encouragement or censure a community owes a wavering or steadfast practitioner, and, once more, the wet-nurse simile distinguishing the śrāvaka's five learning-powers (aimed at self-benefit alone) from the Tathāgata's own ten powers, through which he genuinely benefits both himself and others at once.
135. Section: Uprightness Begins — Marking and Distinguishing What It Relies Upon
Further, if there is a person who cherishes themselves, is without flattery and without deceit, and whose nature is upright, then, in order to realize their own benefit, there are four marks. If one relies on a badly-taught dharma and discipline, there is delay and hindrance; only by relying on a well-taught dharma and discipline is there no delay or hindrance.
復次,若有自愛、無諂無誑、其性質直補特伽羅,為證自義,有四種相。若依惡說法毗奈耶,便有稽留;要依善說法毗奈耶,乃無稽留。
Further, if there is a person who cherishes themselves, is without flattery and without deceit, and whose nature is upright, then, in order to realize their own benefit, there are four marks. If one relies on a badly-taught dharma and discipline, there is delay and hindrance; only by relying on a well-taught dharma and discipline is there no delay or hindrance.
This opens uprightness (子六質直3), the sixth and final of the embrace of the powers' six sections, named by the verse's fourth phrase's first half "uprightness, coming last" (質直最為後), beginning with marking and distinguishing what it relies upon (丑一標簡所依) — a person who genuinely cherishes themselves, free of flattery and deceit, of upright nature, achieves their own benefit (either a fortunate rebirth or present-life nirvāṇa) through four marks, but only within a well-taught dharma and discipline; an outside path's own rules, however elaborate (even something as arbitrary as vowing to imitate a cow's or a dog's conduct), only ever delay and obstruct. Per 攝事分, fascicle 89, flattery is a crooked, unclear, undisclosed, deceptively-practiced mind — outwardly compliant while inwardly biased, never honestly revealing one's true thought — and deceit is deliberately misleading another, harboring one intention while displaying another, closely bound up with wrong livelihood; a genuinely self-cherishing person, needing neither to flatter a teacher nor practice wrong livelihood, delights in practice for its own sake, showing the same face outwardly as they hold inwardly.
136. Section: Separately Explaining the Four Marks Begins — Questioning
What are the four marks?
云何四相?
What are the four marks?
This opens separately explaining the four marks (丑二別釋四相3), beginning with questioning (寅一徵).
137. Section: Listing
First, expounding the teaching of the true dharma; second, instruction and exhortation; third, penetrating it in accordance with principle; fourth, attaining true realization.
一、說正法教,二、教授教誡,三、如理通達,四、得真實證。
First, expounding the teaching of the true dharma; second, instruction and exhortation; third, penetrating it in accordance with principle; fourth, attaining true realization.
This opens listing (寅二列), the second of separately explaining the four marks' three matters — hearing the true dharma's right teaching (freeing one from doctrines of no cause or false cause), receiving unmistaken instruction and exhortation in concentration and wisdom together with precepts, applying principled attention and thereby penetrating the dharma through hearing- and thinking-wisdom, and finally, truly realizing the ultimate truth through uncontaminated cultivation-wisdom — these four marks together constitute genuine accomplishment of one's own benefit.
138. Section: Explaining Begins — Expounding the Teaching of the True Dharma
The true dharma that is heard is the very support for every kind of confident understanding, since it is able to be free of causelessness and false causation, expounding the meaning of a right cause that accords with principle.
所聞正法,是諸勝解所依止處。由能遠離無因、惡因,開示稱理正因義故。
The true dharma that is heard is the very support for every kind of confident understanding, since it is able to be free of causelessness and false causation, expounding the meaning of a right cause that accords with principle.
This opens explaining (寅三釋3), the third of separately explaining the four marks' three matters, beginning with expounding the teaching of the true dharma (卯一說正法教) — the true dharma, once heard, becomes the very ground upon which every subsequent confident understanding rests, precisely because it teaches genuine causality, free of both the denial of cause and the misattribution of a false one. Reading continues past this point to confirm what follows before further closure is claimed.
139. Section: Instruction and Exhortation
Every unmistaken instruction and exhortation, skillfully according with the preparatory practice of severance, embraces, within its teaching's letter and meaning, the unmistaken dharma, and is able to bring about the realization of the very dharma that serves as the support for confident understanding, as said before.
諸有無倒教授教誡,善能隨順斷加行教文義所攝無顛倒法,能令證得如前勝解所依處法。
Every unmistaken instruction and exhortation, skillfully according with the preparatory practice of severance, embraces, within its teaching's letter and meaning, the unmistaken dharma, and is able to bring about the realization of the very dharma that serves as the support for confident understanding, as said before.
This opens instruction and exhortation (卯二教授教誡), the second of separately explaining the four marks' three matters — the upright practitioner draws near a good teacher and receives unmistaken instruction in concentration and wisdom together with exhortation in precepts, the teaching's own letter and meaning both free of the self-clinging and the four inverted views, this purifying teaching bringing the practitioner to the very confident understanding named in the first mark.
140. Section: Penetrating in Accordance with Principle and the Rest Begins — General Marking
If there is a self-cherishing good man whose continuum has already been tamed, possessing capability, who comes to enter the inner dharma's discipline, attains right proclamation and right awakening, then he is able to swiftly advance toward what should be advanced toward, penetrating, in accordance with principle, what should be penetrated, and also truly realizing what should truly be realized.
若有自愛諸善男子,已調相續,有所堪能,來入內法毗奈耶中,得正宣說、得正開悟,便能速疾趣向勝進,如理通達所應通達,亦能實證真所應證。
If there is a self-cherishing good man whose continuum has already been tamed, possessing capability, who comes to enter the inner dharma's discipline, attains right proclamation and right awakening, then he is able to swiftly advance toward what should be advanced toward, penetrating, in accordance with principle, what should be penetrated, and also truly realizing what should truly be realized.
This opens penetrating in accordance with principle and the rest (卯三如理通達等2), the third of separately explaining the four marks' three matters, beginning with general marking (辰一總標) — a self-cherishing practitioner whose continuum is already tamed and capable, entering the inner dharma's own discipline and receiving right proclamation and right awakening, swiftly advances, genuinely penetrating and genuinely realizing what should be — combining the third and fourth marks together.
141. Section: Separately Explaining Begins — Penetrating in Accordance with Principle
That is, taking the four foundations of mindfulness as the support, toward conditioned dharmas, whatever the various wise ones commonly agree exists, or commonly agree does not exist, one rightly knows all of it. Toward the unconditioned dharma, up to the peak of existence, all of it has something higher; one rightly knows this as having something higher. Nirvāṇa has nothing higher; one truly knows this as having nothing higher. This is called penetrating in accordance with principle.
謂四念住以為依止,於有為法,諸聰慧者共許為有、或許為無,皆正了知。於無為法,乃至有頂皆是有上,能正了知是為有上;涅槃無上,如實了知是為無上。如是名為如理通達。
That is, taking the four foundations of mindfulness as the support, toward conditioned dharmas, whatever the various wise ones commonly agree exists, or commonly agree does not exist, one rightly knows all of it. Toward the unconditioned dharma, up to the peak of existence, all of it has something higher; one rightly knows this as having something higher. Nirvāṇa has nothing higher; one truly knows this as having nothing higher. This is called penetrating in accordance with principle.
This opens separately explaining (辰二別釋2), beginning with penetrating in accordance with principle (巳一如理通達) — resting on the four foundations of mindfulness, the practitioner rightly discerns conditioned dharmas as impermanent (what the wise commonly affirm exists or does not), and, toward the unconditioned, recognizes that everything up through the peak of existence still has something higher, while nirvāṇa alone has nothing higher at all. Per the 披尋記, the unconditioned discussed here is specifically the non-analytical cessation — a mere absence due to missing conditions, not the analytical cessation wisdom actively brings about — and even the form and formless realms' own "unmoved" states are only temporarily free of manifest affliction, not permanently severed of its seed, and are therefore still classed as having something higher; nirvāṇa, conjoined with non-discriminating wisdom, alone is truly unsurpassed.
142. Section: Attaining True Realization
Further, taking the four foundations of mindfulness as the support, through a mind stilled in concentration, having already rightly cultivated the seven factors of enlightenment, one ultimately realizes clear liberation. This is called attaining true realization.
又四念住以為依止,由靜定心,於七覺支正修習已,於明解脫究竟作證。如是名為得真實證。
Further, taking the four foundations of mindfulness as the support, through a mind stilled in concentration, having already rightly cultivated the seven factors of enlightenment, one ultimately realizes clear liberation. This is called attaining true realization.
With this, attaining true realization (巳二得真實證) closes entirely, closing separately explaining (辰二別釋2: 如理通達/得真實證) entirely, closing penetrating in accordance with principle and the rest (卯三如理通達等2: 總標/別釋) entirely, closing **explaining (寅三釋3: 說正法教/教授教誡/如理通達等) entirely**, closing **separately explaining the four marks (丑二別釋四相3: 徵/列/釋) entirely** — resting again on the four foundations, a still, concentrated mind cultivating the seven factors of enlightenment ultimately realizes clear liberation itself — the fourth and final mark, completing the upright practitioner's full accomplishment of their own benefit.
143. Section: Distinguishing the Name "Delay and Hindrance"
If that self-cherishing good man enters a badly-taught dharma and discipline, he is unable to attain any of these four places; therefore this is called delay and hindrance.
若彼自愛諸善男子,趣入惡說法毗奈耶,於是四處皆不能得,故名稽留。
If that self-cherishing good man enters a badly-taught dharma and discipline, he is unable to attain any of these four places; therefore this is called delay and hindrance.
With this, distinguishing the name "delay and hindrance" (丑三簡名稽留) closes entirely, closing **uprightness (子六質直3: 標簡所依/別釋四相/簡名稽留), the sixth and final of the embrace of the powers' six sections, entirely** — the very same self-cherishing good man who, entering a badly-taught outside path instead, attains none of the four marks, remains stalled in the ordinary being's own condition, unable even to reach a fortunate rebirth, let alone nirvāṇa. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this closing section to a cluster of companion sūtras: further teachings on the Tathāgata's own ten powers (both extensively and briefly stated), the four kinds of fearlessness these powers produce, and, correlated one by one to the four marks, an upright disciple's own reception of unmistaken instruction, penetrating understanding of what has something higher and what has nothing higher, and the trainee's five powers set once more against the Tathāgata's ten. **With this section's closure, the embrace of the powers (壬四力攝2: 思擇/覺慧等/國等及諸王/阿羅漢/有學/質直), the fourth of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics, closes in its complete entirety.**
144. Section: The Embrace of the Factors of Enlightenment Begins — The Verse Marking and Listing
Further, a summary verse says: establishing them, their distinctions; their food, the gradual sequence; ease, and abiding; cultivation, coming last.
復次,嗢柁南曰:
Further, a summary verse says:
立差別 食漸次 安樂住 修居後
Establishing them, their distinctions; their food, the gradual sequence; ease, and abiding; cultivation, coming last.
This opens **the embrace of the factors of enlightenment (壬五覺支攝2), the fifth of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics**, named by the general summary verse's third line's first word "the factors of enlightenment" (覺道支息念) — treating the seven factors of enlightenment (念/擇法/精進/喜/安/定/捨) — beginning with the verse marking and listing (癸一頌標列) — seven matters unfold in the long-form explanation: establishing them, their distinctions, their nourishing food, the gradual sequence in which they arise, the ease they bring about, the abiding proper to them at every stage, and their own cultivation.
145. Section: The Long-Form Explanation Begins — Establishing Them
Through the distinct classes of calm-abiding, insight, and both together, the factors of enlightenment are established. This should be known in its marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
由奢摩他、毗鉢舍那俱品差別,建立覺支。如聲聞地應知其相。
Through the distinct classes of calm-abiding, insight, and both together, the factors of enlightenment are established. This should be known in its marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
This opens the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋7), a sevenfold structure matching the verse's seven matters, beginning with establishing them (子一立), named by the verse's first phrase's first half "establishing them" (立差別) — with this section's closure, establishing them (子一立), the first of the embrace of the factors of enlightenment's seven sections, closes entirely, since it stands as a single, undivided matter. The Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 29, distributes the seven factors across three classes: investigation of dharmas, diligence, and joy belong to insight's own class; pliancy, concentration, and equanimity belong to calm-abiding's own class; and mindfulness alone, pervading both classes equally, is called the universally-present factor, since both calm-abiding and insight equally depend upon it.
146. Section: Their Distinctions
Further, through the distinction of their own nature, and through the distinction of their object-mark and causal mark, one should know that the seven factors of enlightenment have fourteen distinctions. The broadly distinguished meaning of the object-mark and causal mark should be known in its marks as in the Ground of Concentrated Cultivation and the Śrāvaka Ground.
復次,自性差別故,及所緣、因緣相差別故,應知七覺支,十四種差別。所緣、因緣相廣分別義,如三摩呬多地及聲聞地應知其相。
Further, through the distinction of their own nature, and through the distinction of their object-mark and causal mark, one should know that the seven factors of enlightenment have fourteen distinctions. The broadly distinguished meaning of the object-mark and causal mark should be known in its marks as in the Ground of Concentrated Cultivation and the Śrāvaka Ground.
With this, their distinctions (子二差別) closes entirely, since it, too, stands as a single, undivided matter, named by the verse's first phrase's second half "their distinctions" (立差別) — each of the seven factors doubles into two, yielding fourteen: mindfulness splits into inward and outward foundations of mindfulness; investigation of dharmas into discerning the wholesome and discerning the unwholesome; diligence into severing the unwholesome and nurturing the wholesome; joy into joy's own nature and its arising ground; pliancy into bodily and mental pliancy; concentration into its own nature (one-pointedness of mind) and its own mark; and equanimity into equanimity toward the wholesome and equanimity toward the unwholesome. The Compendium of Abhidharma, fascicle 10, identifies the seven factors' shared object as the four noble truths' own true nature (the ultimate, purifying object), and details each factor's own function: mindfulness as the supporting factor (through which every wholesome dharma is never forgotten), investigation of dharmas as the very essence of the path of seeing, diligence as the factor of transcendence, joy as the factor of benefit, and pliancy, concentration, and equanimity together as the undefiled factors (equanimity removing coarseness's fault, concentration effecting the very basis's transformation, and equanimity itself permanently removing craving and sorrow). Master Cháng Bǎi traces the fourteenfold distinction to a companion sūtra recounting how outside paths, challenged that they too teach severing the five hindrances, abiding in the four foundations, and cultivating the seven factors, left a group of monks unable to answer — until the Buddha revealed that the five hindrances themselves divide into ten (inward and outward craving; anger's own nature and its outward expression; heavy sleep and light torpor; restlessness and remorse; and doubt toward wholesome and toward unwholesome dharmas), matching the seven factors' own fourteen, and further taught that a weak, hesitant mind should cultivate investigation, diligence, and joy (fanning a small flame with dry kindling), while a restless, scattered mind should cultivate pliancy, concentration, and equanimity (smothering a roaring fire with spent embers) — mindfulness alone assisting at every time regardless.
147. Section: Their Food Begins — Raising What Serves as Food Begins — Marking
Further, among the dharmas that accord with the factors of enlightenment, there are, briefly, two kinds of unmistaken attention; one should know that these together serve as food for the factors of enlightenment.
復次,於能隨順覺支法中,略有二種無倒作意,當知總與覺支為食。
Further, among the dharmas that accord with the factors of enlightenment, there are, briefly, two kinds of unmistaken attention; one should know that these together serve as food for the factors of enlightenment.
This opens their food (子三食2), the third of the embrace of the factors of enlightenment's seven sections, named by the verse's second phrase's first half "their food" (食漸次), beginning with raising what serves as food (丑一舉為食3), beginning with marking (寅一標) — two kinds of unmistaken attention, briefly stated, serve as the very food that nourishes and strengthens the seven factors of enlightenment.
148. Section: Questioning
What are the two?
何等為二?
What are the two?
This opens questioning (寅二徵), the second of raising what serves as food's three matters. Reading continues past this point to confirm what follows before further closure is claimed.
149. Section: Listing
First, right attention; second, repeated attention.
一、正作意,二、數作意。
First, right attention; second, repeated attention.
With this, listing (寅三列) closes entirely, closing **raising what serves as food (丑一舉為食3: 標/徵/列) entirely** — right attention (attention conjoined with every buddha and bodhisattva's own compassionate wish to benefit beings, according with the wisdom of both self- and dharma-emptiness) and repeated attention (sustaining this right attention again and again) together serve as the very food that nourishes the seven factors of enlightenment toward realization.
150. Section: Reversing to What Is Not Food
The reverse of this, one should know, is not food.
與此相違,當知非食。
The reverse of this, one should know, is not food.
With this, reversing to what is not food (丑二翻非食) closes entirely, closing **their food (子三食2: 舉為食/翻非食), the third of the embrace of the factors of enlightenment's seven sections, entirely** — sustained unprincipled attention is what "non-food" names, starving the factors of enlightenment exactly as sustained principled attention nourishes them. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this section to a substantial cluster of companion sūtras detailing, in mirror-image pairs, what feeds and starves each of the five hindrances and seven factors in turn: craving is fed by a pleasing sign and starved by contemplating impurity; aversion is fed by a sense of obstruction and starved by cultivating loving-kindness; torpor is fed by weakness, displeasure, yawning, overeating, and laziness, and starved by contemplating light; restlessness-and-remorse is fed by thoughts of family, of companions, of the heavens, and of past pleasures, and starved by the nine stages of settling the mind; and doubt is fed by uncertainty across the three times, and starved by deep reflection on dependent origination. In parallel, mindfulness is fed by the four foundations and starved by neglecting them; investigation of dharmas is fed by discerning wholesome from unwholesome and starved by laziness in that discernment; diligence is fed by the four right efforts and starved by failing to examine one's own progress; joy is fed by reflecting on its own nature and its arising ground and starved by neglecting that reflection; pliancy is fed by attending to bodily and mental ease and starved by neglecting it; concentration is fed by the four dhyānas and starved by indifference toward them; and equanimity is fed by reflecting on the three realms of severance, freedom from desire, and cessation, and starved by neglecting that reflection — Master Cháng Bǎi further recounts a companion sūtra in which even Prince Abhaya, prompted by an outside teacher's doctrine of causelessness, receives the Buddha's correction that both affliction and purity arise through real causes and conditions, the five hindrances producing affliction and the seven factors producing purity, cultivated in their own proper, gradual sequence.
151. Section: The Gradual Sequence Begins — Marking Their Establishment
Further, at the beginning, in the middle, or at the end, lacking any single factor prevents true awakening from reaching completion. Just as, according to their own kind, the supporting and the supported flow onward and are established, so too, in accordance with their own arising, they are spoken of in a gradual sequence.
復次,於初中後隨闕一支,令如實覺不得圓滿。如其色類所依、能依流轉安立,隨其生起漸次而說。
Further, at the beginning, in the middle, or at the end, lacking any single factor prevents true awakening from reaching completion. Just as, according to their own kind, the supporting and the supported flow onward and are established, so too, in accordance with their own arising, they are spoken of in a gradual sequence.
This opens the gradual sequence (子四漸次2), the fourth of the embrace of the factors of enlightenment's seven sections, named by the verse's second phrase's second half "the gradual sequence" (食漸次), beginning with marking their establishment (丑一標安立) — missing even one of the seven factors, at any stage of practice, keeps true awakening from ever reaching completion; each factor supports the one that follows, and this supporting relationship is what "gradual sequence" describes.
152. Section: Explaining Their Mutual Support
One should know that, here, mindfulness is the support, and investigation of dharmas is what is supported by it; one should know that the rest, in accordance with what is fitting, are likewise so.
當知此中,念為所依,擇法能依;餘隨所應,當知亦爾。
One should know that, here, mindfulness is the support, and investigation of dharmas is what is supported by it; one should know that the rest, in accordance with what is fitting, are likewise so.
With this, explaining their mutual support (丑二釋相依) closes entirely, closing **the gradual sequence (子四漸次2: 標安立/釋相依), the fourth of the embrace of the factors of enlightenment's seven sections, entirely** — mindfulness supports investigation of dharmas, which supports diligence, which supports joy, which supports pliancy, which supports concentration, which supports equanimity, each factor arising in turn from the one before. The Compendium of Dharma-Aggregates traces this chain explicitly: dwelling in the contemplation that follows the body, free of delusion, gives rise to the factor of mindfulness; discerning the body's own nature through that mindfulness gives rise to the factor of investigating dharmas; diligent effort free of faint-heartedness gives rise to the factor of diligence; supreme joy, free of craving's own savor, gives rise to the factor of joy; bodily and mental pliancy, free of coarseness, gives rise to the factor of pliancy; the ease born of that pliancy gives rise to the factor of concentration; and the concentrated mind's own extinguishing of craving and sorrow gives rise to the factor of equanimity — the same sequence repeating for feeling, mind, and dharmas as it does for the body.
153. Section: Ease Begins — Distinguishing Abiding Begins — Setting Out the Causes and Conditions Begins — Distinguishing the Difference Begins — Raising Failure to Abide Begins — Marking
Further, if there is a monk who, toward the various factors of enlightenment, cultivates them through skillful means, there are four causes and conditions that prevent him from dwelling securely at ease.
復次,若有苾芻,於諸覺支方便修習,由四因緣,令其不得安隱而住。
Further, if there is a monk who, toward the various factors of enlightenment, cultivates them through skillful means, there are four causes and conditions that prevent him from dwelling securely at ease.
This opens ease (子五安樂2), the fifth of the embrace of the factors of enlightenment's seven sections, named by the verse's third phrase's first half "ease" (安樂住), beginning with distinguishing abiding (丑一辨安住2), beginning with setting out the causes and conditions (寅一出因緣2), beginning with distinguishing the difference (卯一簡差別2), beginning with raising failure to abide (辰一舉不安住3), beginning with marking (巳一標) — even a monk diligently cultivating the seven factors of enlightenment through skillful means can still be kept from secure, easeful dwelling by four specific causes and conditions.
154. Section: Questioning
What are called the four causes and conditions?
何等名為四種因緣?
What are called the four causes and conditions?
This opens questioning (巳二徵), the second of raising failure to abide's three matters.
155. Section: Listing
First, because every class of affliction's own coarse heaviness has not yet been abandoned; second, because the various secondary afflictions belonging to calm-abiding's own class are presently manifest; third, because the various secondary afflictions belonging to insight's own class are presently manifest; fourth, because the path has not yet been well tamed, and yet one rides upon it.
一者、一切煩惱品類麤重皆未離故;二者、奢摩他品諸隨煩惱現在前故;三者、毗鉢舍那品諸隨煩惱現在前故;四者、道未調善而乘駕故。
First, because every class of affliction's own coarse heaviness has not yet been abandoned; second, because the various secondary afflictions belonging to calm-abiding's own class are presently manifest; third, because the various secondary afflictions belonging to insight's own class are presently manifest; fourth, because the path has not yet been well tamed, and yet one rides upon it.
With this, listing (巳三列) closes entirely, closing **raising failure to abide (辰一舉不安住3: 標/徵/列), the first of distinguishing the difference's two matters, entirely** — four causes prevent secure dwelling: every affliction's own underlying coarse heaviness, unabandoned, leaves body and mind incapable; calm-abiding's own secondary afflictions (torpor and sleepiness) manifest when calming is overdone, obscuring the object; insight's own secondary afflictions (restlessness and remorse) manifest when investigation goes too far; and attempting to "ride" the path — practicing without genuine familiarity with how calm-abiding and insight actually operate together — leaves a practitioner unable to diagnose or correct their own difficulties.
156. Section: Reversing to Attained Abiding
The reverse of this, four causes and conditions, cause him to attain secure, easeful dwelling. That is: first, one should remedy affliction's own seed; second, one should remedy the torpor and sleepiness that obstruct calm-abiding's own class; third, one should remedy the restlessness, remorse, and doubt that obstruct insight's own class; fourth, one should thoroughly cultivate the noble path, so that the mind becomes tamed and sovereign.
與此相違,四種因緣,令其獲得安隱而住。即:一、應對治煩惱的種子,二、應對治能障奢摩他品的惛沈、睡眠煩惱,三、應對治能障毗鉢舍那品的掉舉惡作與疑,四、熟修聖道,則心能夠調善自在。
The reverse of this, four causes and conditions, cause him to attain secure, easeful dwelling. That is: first, one should remedy affliction's own seed; second, one should remedy the torpor and sleepiness that obstruct calm-abiding's own class; third, one should remedy the restlessness, remorse, and doubt that obstruct insight's own class; fourth, one should thoroughly cultivate the noble path, so that the mind becomes tamed and sovereign.
This opens reversing to attained abiding (辰二翻得安住), the second of distinguishing the difference's two matters — remedying affliction's own seed (not merely its manifest activity), remedying the torpor and sleepiness that obstruct calm-abiding, remedying the restlessness, remorse, and doubt that obstruct insight, and thoroughly cultivating the noble path until the mind is genuinely tamed rather than merely ridden upon, a monk attains secure, easeful dwelling within the seven factors of enlightenment. With this, distinguishing the difference (卯一簡差別2: 舉不安住/翻得安住) closes entirely.
157. Section: Concluding Right Knowledge
Toward these two kinds of skillful means, the monk, truly penetrating them, dwells with right knowledge.
於此二種善巧,苾芻如實了達,正知而住。
Toward these two kinds of skillful means, the monk, truly penetrating them, dwells with right knowledge.
With this, concluding right knowledge (卯二結正知) closes entirely, closing **setting out the causes and conditions (寅一出因緣2: 簡差別/結正知), the first of distinguishing abiding's two matters, entirely** — a monk who genuinely penetrates both what prevents and what secures easeful dwelling among the seven factors dwells with right knowledge throughout.
158. Section: Explaining the Difficult Point Begins — Raising the Untamed Path
Because the various attentions involve preparatory exertion, diligence becomes excessive; further, because there is increase and decrease from before to after, the operation is unequal. Through these two conditions, one should know this is called the path not yet well tamed.
由諸作意有加行故,精進太過;又由前後有增減故,運轉不等。由此二緣,當知名為道不調善。
Because the various attentions involve preparatory exertion, diligence becomes excessive; further, because there is increase and decrease from before to after, the operation is unequal. Through these two conditions, one should know this is called the path not yet well tamed.
This opens explaining the difficult point (寅二隨難釋2), the second of distinguishing abiding's two matters, beginning with raising the untamed path (卯一舉不調善) — attention applied too forcefully makes diligence excessive, and a sitting that starts balanced but later tips into restlessness or torpor makes the practice uneven from start to finish — both marks of a path not yet genuinely tamed.
159. Section: Reversing to the Name "Well Tamed"
The reverse of this, through two causes and conditions, is called the path well tamed.
與此相違,二因緣故,名道調善。
The reverse of this, through two causes and conditions, is called the path well tamed.
With this, reversing to the name "well tamed" (卯二翻名調善) closes entirely, closing explaining the difficult point (寅二隨難釋2: 舉不調善/翻名調善) entirely, closing **distinguishing abiding (丑一辨安住2: 出因緣/隨難釋), the first of ease's two matters, entirely** — attention applied neither too forcefully nor too laxly, sustained evenly from beginning to end, is what "well tamed" names. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this section to a companion sūtra in which the elder Upavāna, questioned by the elder Aḍḍhamāsa about how a monk skilled in the seven factors can dwell equally at ease whether in pleasant or painful feeling, explains that mastering the four causes that obstruct abiding, then rightly cultivating each factor in its proper time — remedying torpor in calm-abiding, remedying restlessness in insight, and keeping effort neither excessive nor slack — allows the mind to remain undisturbed regardless of what feeling arises.
160. Section: The Simile of Sovereignty Begins — General Marking
Just as a wheel-turning king, attaining great sovereignty over the four continents, obtains the seven treasures — so too, one should know, the sovereign mind, attaining great sovereignty over the four noble truths, obtains the true, pure treasure of the seven factors of enlightenment, likewise.
如轉輪王,於四洲渚得大自在,所獲七寶;如是心王,於四聖諦得大自在,所獲真淨七覺支寶,當知亦爾。
Just as a wheel-turning king, attaining great sovereignty over the four continents, obtains the seven treasures — so too, one should know, the sovereign mind, attaining great sovereignty over the four noble truths, obtains the true, pure treasure of the seven factors of enlightenment, likewise.
This opens the simile of sovereignty (丑二喻自在2), the second of ease's two matters, beginning with general marking (寅一總標) — just as a wheel-turning king's sovereignty over the four continents comes with seven treasures that aid his rule, so too the mind that attains sovereignty over the four noble truths comes into possession of the seven factors of enlightenment as its own true, pure treasure.
161. Section: Separately Distinguishing Begins — The Simile for the Factor of Mindfulness
That is, operating within both the class of calm-abiding and the class of insight together, subduing every supreme enemy of affliction — by this meaning, the first, mindfulness, the factor of enlightenment, is just like the wheel treasure.
謂於奢摩他、毗鉢舍那雙品運轉,降伏一切煩惱勝怨。由此義故,初念覺支猶如輪寶。
That is, operating within both the class of calm-abiding and the class of insight together, subduing every supreme enemy of affliction — by this meaning, the first, mindfulness, the factor of enlightenment, is just like the wheel treasure.
This opens separately distinguishing (寅二別辨7), a sevenfold structure matching the seven treasures to the seven factors, beginning with the simile for the factor of mindfulness (卯一喻念覺支) — mindfulness, sustaining both calm-abiding and insight operating together upon the four noble truths, subdues affliction's every supreme enemy, just as the wheel treasure carries the wheel-turning king to all four continents, subduing every rival kingdom in turn.
162. Section: The Simile for the Factor of Investigating Dharmas
The mark of the known object is boundless in its measure, and the very substance of the knowing wisdom is likewise vast in accordance with it — by this meaning, the factor of investigating dharmas is just like the elephant treasure.
所知境相其量無邊,能知智體亦隨廣大。由此義故,擇法覺支猶如象寶。
The mark of the known object is boundless in its measure, and the very substance of the knowing wisdom is likewise vast in accordance with it — by this meaning, the factor of investigating dharmas is just like the elephant treasure.
This opens the simile for the factor of investigating dharmas (卯二喻擇法覺支), the second — investigation of dharmas' own wisdom, vast enough to match its boundless object, penetrating every dharma's own particular and shared characteristics alike, is likened to the six-tusked white elephant treasure, whose vast body carries the king across the entire world in a single day without fatigue, never even wetting its feet as it crosses the water.
163. Section: The Simile for the Factor of Diligence
Relying on this, one is swiftly able to reach the distinctly supreme place to be traveled to and attained — by this meaning, the factor of diligence is just like the horse treasure.
依此速能,乃至往彼所行、所得殊異勝處。由此義故,精進覺支猶如馬寶。
Relying on this, one is swiftly able to reach the distinctly supreme place to be traveled to and attained — by this meaning, the factor of diligence is just like the horse treasure.
This opens the simile for the factor of diligence (卯三喻精進覺支), the third — diligence swiftly carries the practitioner to ultimate truth's own supreme attainment, just as the horse treasure swiftly carries the king wherever he needs to go and back again by evening.
164. Section: The Simile for the Factor of Joy
Delighting the mind, without fault, most supreme of all — by this meaning, the factor of joy is just like the woman treasure.
悅意無罪,最為殊勝。由此義故,其喜覺支猶如女寶。
Delighting the mind, without fault, most supreme of all — by this meaning, the factor of joy is just like the woman treasure.
This opens the simile for the factor of joy (卯四喻喜覺支), the fourth — joy delights the mind entirely without fault, just as the woman treasure, virtuous, attentive, and graceful, attends the king with perfect care, sensing and meeting his every need before he must ask.
165. Section: The Simile for the Factor of Pliancy
Body and mind rendered luminous and clear, possessing capability — by this meaning, the factor of pliancy is just like the divine maṇi jewel.
身心映徹,有所堪能。由此義故,輕安覺支如神珠寶。
Body and mind rendered luminous and clear, possessing capability — by this meaning, the factor of pliancy is just like the divine maṇi jewel.
This opens the simile for the factor of pliancy (卯五喻輕安覺支), the fifth — pliancy renders body and mind luminously clear, capable of penetrating every dharma's own true mark, just as the divine maṇi jewel, flawlessly transparent, faithfully reflects and illuminates whatever comes before it, even lighting an entire city through the night.
166. Section: The Simile for the Factor of Concentration
Able to accomplish every matter delighted in and sought — by this meaning, the factor of concentration is just like the treasurer-minister treasure.
能辦一切所欣求事。由此義故,其定覺支如藏臣寶。
Able to accomplish every matter delighted in and sought — by this meaning, the factor of concentration is just like the treasurer-minister treasure.
This opens the simile for the factor of concentration (卯六喻定覺支), the sixth — concentration accomplishes every matter a practitioner might seek, from insight's own cultivation through supernormal power and the exhaustion of every outflow, just as the treasurer-minister treasure, knowing where every hidden store of wealth lies, ensures the king's realm never lacks for resources.
167. Section: The Simile for the Factor of Equanimity
Able to crush every army of defiled dharmas, able to lead every army of pure dharmas, able to advance toward the signless, secure abode — by this meaning, the factor of equanimity is just like the general treasure.
能摧一切染汙法軍,能率一切清淨法軍,能趣無相安隱住處。由此義故,其捨覺支如軍將寶。
Able to crush every army of defiled dharmas, able to lead every army of pure dharmas, able to advance toward the signless, secure abode — by this meaning, the factor of equanimity is just like the general treasure.
With this, the simile for the factor of equanimity (卯七喻捨覺支) closes entirely, closing **separately distinguishing (寅二別辨7: 念/擇法/精進/喜/輕安/定/捨) entirely**, closing **the simile of sovereignty (丑二喻自在2: 總標/別辨) entirely**, closing **ease (子五安樂2: 辨安住/喻自在), the fifth of the embrace of the factors of enlightenment's seven sections, entirely** — equanimity crushes every defiled army and leads every pure one toward the signless, secure abode of ultimate truth, just as the general treasure, wise and resolute, leads the king's own armies to subdue every bandit and secure peace for his people. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this entire sevenfold simile to a Madhyama Āgama discourse (and its Ekottara Āgama parallel) describing the appearance of a wheel-turning king's seven treasures in full ceremonial detail — the thousand-spoked golden wheel, the white six-tusked elephant, the swift horse, the eight-cornered luminous pearl, the graceful and attentive woman, the treasure-finding minister, and the resolute general — each treasure now mapped in turn onto mindfulness, investigation of dharmas, diligence, pliancy, joy, concentration, and equanimity.
168. Section: Abiding Begins — Marking the Simile
Further, the various practitioners who attain the seven factors of enlightenment are just like a great king who possesses a chest of sublime garments, drawn upon at three times. One should know that abiding in these seven factors of enlightenment, by three divisions, is likewise so.
復次,諸修行者得七覺支,譬如大王有妙衣篋,三時受用。三分安住彼七覺支,當知亦爾。
Further, the various practitioners who attain the seven factors of enlightenment are just like a great king who possesses a chest of sublime garments, drawn upon at three times. One should know that abiding in these seven factors of enlightenment, by three divisions, is likewise so.
This opens abiding (子六住2), the sixth of the embrace of the factors of enlightenment's seven sections, named by the verse's third phrase's second half "abiding" (安樂住), beginning with marking the simile (丑一標喻) — just as a king draws a different garment from his chest at each of the day's three divisions, a practitioner draws upon the seven factors of enlightenment across three corresponding divisions of practice.
169. Section: Explaining the Marks Begins — The Three Times
As for the three times: they are the first portion of the day, the middle portion of the day, and the last portion of the day.
言三時者,謂初日分時、中日分時、後日分時。
As for the three times: they are the first portion of the day, the middle portion of the day, and the last portion of the day.
This opens explaining the marks (丑二釋相3), a threefold structure, beginning with the three times (寅一三時) — the day divides into three four-hour portions (roughly six to ten, ten to two, and two to six), and the night likewise into three corresponding portions.
170. Section: The Three Divisions
As for the three divisions: they are calm-abiding's own class, insight's own class, and the class shared by both.
言三分者,謂奢摩他品、毗鉢舍那品及其俱品。
As for the three divisions: they are calm-abiding's own class, insight's own class, and the class shared by both.
This opens the three divisions (寅二三分), the second — calm-abiding's own class holds pliancy, concentration, equanimity, and mindfulness; insight's own class holds investigation of dharmas, diligence, joy, and mindfulness; and the class shared by both, practiced together, holds all seven at once.
171. Section: Abiding Begins — Completeness or Deficiency of the Factors
Within the first division, one abides in four factors; within the second division, one abides in four factors; within the third division, one abides fully in all seven factors. The various practitioners have never abided in only a single factor alone.
於初分中住四覺支,第二分中住四覺支,第三分中具足安住七種覺支。諸修行者,未曾安住唯一覺支。
Within the first division, one abides in four factors; within the second division, one abides in four factors; within the third division, one abides fully in all seven factors. The various practitioners have never abided in only a single factor alone.
This opens abiding (寅三安住3), the third of explaining the marks' three matters, beginning with completeness or deficiency of the factors (卯一支具闕) — calm-abiding's own division holds four factors (concentration, pliancy, equanimity, mindfulness), insight's own division likewise holds four (investigation of dharmas, diligence, joy, mindfulness), and the shared division, where calm-abiding and insight operate together, holds all seven at once — per the 瑜伽論記, "both concentration and wisdom together, all seven factors complete." No practitioner ever abides in a single, isolated factor alone; the factors always operate in their proper groupings. Reading continues past this point to confirm what follows before further closure is claimed.
172. Section: Without Hatred and the Rest
Further, the seven factors of enlightenment, because one is without hatred toward the various outside paths, because one is without contention or rivalry, because one's mind constantly operates holding the aspiration to benefit others, and because one is entirely free from every affliction's bondage, are called without hatred, without enmity, without harm, without any calamity.
又七覺支,於諸外道無怨憎故,無違競故,恆懷利益意樂轉故,一切煩惱皆離繫故,說名無怨、無敵、無害、無有災患。
Further, the seven factors of enlightenment, because one is without hatred toward the various outside paths, because one is without contention or rivalry, because one's mind constantly operates holding the aspiration to benefit others, and because one is entirely free from every affliction's bondage, are called without hatred, without enmity, without harm, without any calamity.
This opens without hatred and the rest (卯二無怨等), the second of abiding's three matters — a practitioner grounded in the seven factors of enlightenment holds no hatred toward outside paths (recognizing their error as mere temporary delusion), enters no rivalry with them, sustains a constant wish to benefit every being, and remains entirely free of affliction's own bondage — four qualities together named without hatred, without enmity, without harm, and without calamity.
173. Section: Truly Knowing
If the practitioner, toward the seven factors of enlightenment, has them manifest at any time, manifest to any measure, this is called abiding. If at some time they withdraw, this is called cessation. Toward all of this, one truly knows it. Because such a one abides with right knowledge in this way, this is called blameless abiding, without any craving-savor, the mind free of the defilement of savoring.
若修行者,於七覺分隨時現前、隨量現前,說名為住。若時退出,說名為滅。於是一切如實了知。彼由如是正知住故,名無罪住,無有愛味,心離味染。
If the practitioner, toward the seven factors of enlightenment, has them manifest at any time, manifest to any measure, this is called abiding. If at some time they withdraw, this is called cessation. Toward all of this, one truly knows it. Because such a one abides with right knowledge in this way, this is called blameless abiding, without any craving-savor, the mind free of the defilement of savoring.
With this, truly knowing (卯三如實知) closes entirely, closing **abiding (寅三安住3: 支具闕/無怨等/如實知), the third of explaining the marks' three matters, entirely**, closing **explaining the marks (丑二釋相3: 三時/三分/安住) entirely**, closing **abiding (子六住2: 標喻/釋相), the sixth of the embrace of the factors of enlightenment's seven sections, entirely** — a practitioner who truly knows, moment to moment, whether the seven factors are manifest or have withdrawn, abides blamelessly, free of craving-savor toward the attainment itself, exactly like a king who freely and effortlessly draws whatever garment he needs from his chest at any of the day's three times. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this section to a companion sūtra featuring Śāriputra, who reports having attained just this mastery over the seven factors, freely bringing any factor to bear as needed, in any of the three modes (calm-abiding, insight, or both together) and at any of the day's divisions, always aware the moment a factor arises or withdraws.
174. Section: Cultivation Begins — Marking and Listing the Causes and Conditions
Further, cultivating the various factors of enlightenment conjoined with the twenty-one perceptions should be known, briefly, as resting on two causes and conditions: first, the meaning of conjoined co-occurrence; second, the meaning of immediately successive accompaniment.
復次,二十一種想俱行修諸覺支者,當知略由二因緣故。一、據相應俱行義,二、據無間俱行義。
Further, cultivating the various factors of enlightenment conjoined with the twenty-one perceptions should be known, briefly, as resting on two causes and conditions: first, the meaning of conjoined co-occurrence; second, the meaning of immediately successive accompaniment.
This opens cultivation (子七修3), the seventh and final of the embrace of the factors of enlightenment's seven sections, named by the verse's fourth phrase's first half "cultivation" (修居後), beginning with marking and listing the causes and conditions (丑一標列因緣) — twenty-one perceptions, cultivated together with the seven factors of enlightenment, rest on two distinct relationships: conjoined co-occurrence (a noble one's own subsequently-attained wisdom holding all twenty-one perceptions simultaneously in mind, in general contemplation) and immediately successive accompaniment (an ordinary being's own preparatory-stage practice, moving through the perceptions one after another without gaps, in a particular, sequential contemplation). Per the 披尋記, the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 28, names ten perceptions countering the ten dharmas opposed to training (impurity, impermanence, impermanence-as-suffering, suffering-as-selfless, food's repulsiveness, the world's unloveliness, light, freedom from desire, cessation, and death); impurity's own perception is further divided, per fascicle 25, into nine sub-perceptions tracing a corpse's decay (discoloration, festering, rupture, bloating, being devoured, blood-smeared, scattered, reduced to bones, and finally empty); and of the remaining nine perceptions, seven (excluding light and death) are gathered under the three concentrations — the wishless aspect's perception (impermanence, impermanence-as-suffering, food's repulsiveness, the world's unloveliness), the empty aspect's perception (suffering-as-selfless), and the signless aspect's perception (freedom from desire and cessation) — yielding, with the ten and the nine-fold division of impurity and the three concentration-perceptions combined, twenty-one perceptions in total.
175. Section: Correlating and Explaining the Distinctions Begins — Resting on the Meaning of Conjoined Co-occurrence
Cultivating conjoined with the perception of impermanence and the rest, up through cultivating conjoined with the perception of death, rests on the meaning of conjoined co-occurrence.
無常等想俱行修,乃至死想俱行修者,據相應義。
Cultivating conjoined with the perception of impermanence and the rest, up through cultivating conjoined with the perception of death, rests on the meaning of conjoined co-occurrence.
This opens correlating and explaining the distinctions (丑二配釋差別2), the second of cultivation's three matters, beginning with resting on the meaning of conjoined co-occurrence (寅一據相應義) — the eleven perceptions (impermanence, impermanence-as-suffering, suffering-as-selfless, observing food, the world's unloveliness, exhaustion, severance, freedom from desire, cessation, fault, and death) held together, generally and simultaneously, with the seven factors of enlightenment belong to this first relationship.
176. Section: Resting on the Meaning of Immediately Successive Accompaniment Begins — Raising Impurity and the Rest
Cultivating conjoined with the perception of impurity and the rest, up through cultivating conjoined with the perception of observing emptiness, rests on the meaning of immediately successive accompaniment.
不淨等想俱行修,乃至觀空想俱行修者,據無間義。
Cultivating conjoined with the perception of impurity and the rest, up through cultivating conjoined with the perception of observing emptiness, rests on the meaning of immediately successive accompaniment.
This opens resting on the meaning of immediately successive accompaniment (寅二據無間義2), the second of correlating and explaining the distinctions' two matters, beginning with raising impurity and the rest (卯一舉不淨等) — the ten perceptions tracing a corpse's own sequential decay (impurity, discoloration, festering, bloating, rupture, being devoured, blood-smeared, scattered, reduced to bones, and finally empty), each following the last without interruption, belong to this second relationship, its own particular, sequential contemplation.
177. Section: The Parallel Case of Cultivating Loving-Kindness and the Rest
Cultivating conjoined with loving-kindness and the rest should be known as likewise so.
慈等俱行修,應知亦爾。
Cultivating conjoined with loving-kindness and the rest should be known as likewise so.
With this, the parallel case of cultivating loving-kindness and the rest (卯二例修慈等) closes entirely, closing resting on the meaning of immediately successive accompaniment (寅二據無間義2: 舉不淨等/例修慈等) entirely, closing **correlating and explaining the distinctions (丑二配釋差別2: 據相應義/據無間義) entirely** — the four immeasurables (loving-kindness bestowing joy, compassion removing suffering, sympathetic joy rejoicing in others' merit, and equanimity guiding beings past craving, aversion, and delusion), cultivated together with the seven factors of enlightenment in their own proper sequence, likewise rest on the meaning of immediately successive accompaniment, per the 披尋記, since noble ones cultivate the four immeasurable concentrations conjoined with the factors of enlightenment in just this sequential way.
178. Section: Broadly Clarifying the Remedies Begins — Cultivating Impermanence and the Rest, and Impurity and the Rest Begins — Marking and Listing What Is Remedied
Further, toward every formation belonging to the past, future, and present, there is craving-defilement toward these formations; there is laziness and indolence; there is, though the view of a real body has already been severed, the manifest activity of conceit still bound by its habitual residue; there is craving for flavor; there is craving desire toward the various excellent matters of the world; there are the remaining latent afflictions; there is the wish to seek gain; there is the wish to seek continued life; there is craving for the desires; there is craving for existence; and there is, following false discrimination, the fourfold arising of desirous craving: first, craving for beautiful color; second, craving for physical form; third, craving for fine touch; fourth, craving to be attended upon. All of these are able to give rise to every unprincipled fault, and to make the mind stray from its proper path. In order to remedy these, in accordance with what is fitting, there are the distinct cultivations of the factors of enlightenment conjoined with the twenty-one perceptions.
又於過去、未來、現在一切行中,諸行愛染,若懶惰懈怠,若薩迦耶見雖已斷滅習氣隨縛我慢現行,若貪味愛,若於世間種種妙事欲樂貪愛,若有所餘煩惱隨眠,若希求利養,若希求活命,若諸欲愛,若諸有愛,若隨虛妄分別所起四種欲貪。一、美色貪,二、形貌貪,三、細觸貪,四、承事貪。如是能令生起所有非理過患,及令其心越路而轉。
Further, toward every formation belonging to the past, future, and present, there is craving-defilement toward these formations; there is laziness and indolence; there is, though the view of a real body has already been severed, the manifest activity of conceit still bound by its habitual residue; there is craving for flavor; there is craving desire toward the various excellent matters of the world; there are the remaining latent afflictions; there is the wish to seek gain; there is the wish to seek continued life; there is craving for the desires; there is craving for existence; and there is, following false discrimination, the fourfold arising of desirous craving: first, craving for beautiful color; second, craving for physical form; third, craving for fine touch; fourth, craving to be attended upon. All of these are able to give rise to every unprincipled fault, and to make the mind stray from its proper path.
對治彼故,隨其所應,有二十一想俱行修覺支差別。
In order to remedy these, in accordance with what is fitting, there are the distinct cultivations of the factors of enlightenment conjoined with the twenty-one perceptions.
This opens broadly clarifying the remedies (丑三廣明對治2), the third of cultivation's three matters, beginning with cultivating impermanence and the rest, and impurity and the rest (寅一修無常等及不淨等2), beginning with marking and listing what is remedied (卯一標列所治) — eleven distinct afflictions call for remedy: craving-defilement toward the three times' own formations, laziness, self-view's residual conceit (even once the view itself is severed at stream-entry, its habitual trace persists as innate conceit), craving for flavor, craving toward the world's excellent things, the remaining latent afflictions, craving for gain, craving for continued life, craving for the desires, craving for existence, and, rooted in false discrimination, four kinds of desirous craving toward beautiful color, physical form, fine touch, and being attended upon. The twenty-one perceptions, cultivated conjoined with the seven factors of enlightenment, remedy these eleven afflictions in turn, detailed further, per Master Cháng Bǎi, in the Ground of Cultivation-Accomplished Wisdom, fascicle 20, and the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 28's own treatment of the ten dharmas opposed to training and their ten remedying perceptions.
179. Section: Correlating and Explaining the Cultivated Perceptions Begins — Cultivating the Wishless Aspect's Perception
That is, in order to remedy four obstructions, one cultivates the perception of the aspect of wishlessness, from the perception of impermanence up through the perception that nothing in the entire world is delightful.
謂為對治四種障故,修無願行想,從無常想乃至一切世間不可樂想。
That is, in order to remedy four obstructions, one cultivates the perception of the aspect of wishlessness, from the perception of impermanence up through the perception that nothing in the entire world is delightful.
This opens correlating and explaining the cultivated perceptions (卯二配釋修想6), a sixfold structure, beginning with cultivating the wishless aspect's perception (辰一修無願行想) — four perceptions, gathered under the wishless aspect's own perception, remedy four obstructions in turn: impermanence remedies craving-defilement toward the three times' formations; impermanence-as-suffering remedies laziness; food's repulsiveness remedies craving for flavor; and the world's unloveliness remedies craving toward the world's excellent things — each named individually but together classed, per the 披尋記, as the wishless aspect's perception.
180. Section: Cultivating the Empty Aspect's Perception
In order to remedy one obstruction, one cultivates the perception of the aspect of emptiness, the perception of suffering as selfless.
為欲對治一種障故,修空行想,苦無我想。
In order to remedy one obstruction, one cultivates the perception of the aspect of emptiness, the perception of suffering as selfless.
This opens cultivating the empty aspect's perception (辰二修空行想), the second — the single obstruction of self-view's residual conceit is remedied by the perception of suffering as selfless, reflecting that the five aggregates are utterly without mastery or self-rule, purely conditioned dharmas — this perception classed as the empty aspect's own.
181. Section: Cultivating the Signless Aspect's Perception
In order to sever and extinguish the obstruction of the remaining latent afflictions, one cultivates the perception of the aspect of the signless, toward the three realms — the realm of severance, the realm of freedom from desire, and the realm of cessation.
為欲斷滅所餘煩惱隨眠障故,修於三界無相行想。
In order to sever and extinguish the obstruction of the remaining latent afflictions, one cultivates the perception of the aspect of the signless, toward the three realms — the realm of severance, the realm of freedom from desire, and the realm of cessation.
This opens cultivating the signless aspect's perception (辰三修無相行想), the third — the remaining latent afflictions, beyond those already addressed, are remedied by observing the sublime, still merit of three realms (severance, the realm where the path of seeing's own afflictions are severed, corresponding to stream-entry; freedom from desire, the realm where the path of cultivation's own afflictions are severed, corresponding to the non-returner; and cessation, the realm of nirvāṇa with remainder, corresponding to the arhat) — cultivated through the perceptions of severance, freedom from desire, and cessation, classed together as the signless aspect's own perception, since only non-discriminating wisdom conjoined with the signless can sever affliction all the way through these three stages.
182. Section: Cultivating the Perception of Fault Among the Various Desires
In order to remedy the wish to seek gain and craving for the desires, one cultivates, toward the various desires, the perception of their fault.
為欲對治希求利養及欲愛故,於諸欲中修過患想。
In order to remedy the wish to seek gain and craving for the desires, one cultivates, toward the various desires, the perception of their fault.
This opens cultivating the perception of fault among the various desires (辰四於諸欲中修過患想), the fourth — the wish to seek gain and craving toward the sense-desires, both belonging to craving for the objects one clings to, are remedied by contemplating the manifold faults inherent in gain, offerings, and the desires themselves.
183. Section: Cultivating the Perception of Death
In order to remedy the wish to seek continued life and craving for existence, one cultivates the perception of death.
為欲對治希求活命及有愛故,修習死想。
In order to remedy the wish to seek continued life and craving for existence, one cultivates the perception of death.
This opens cultivating the perception of death (辰五修習死想), the fifth — the wish to prolong this life or a future one, and craving for existence across the three realms, both belonging to craving for oneself, are remedied by sustained contemplation of death.
184. Section: Cultivating Impurity and the Rest Begins — Setting Out the Distinction
In order to remedy the fourfold desirous craving that follows false discrimination, one cultivates the perception of impurity as the first, up through the perception of observing emptiness as the last.
為欲對治隨逐虛妄分別所起四欲貪故,修不淨想為初,乃至觀空想為後。
In order to remedy the fourfold desirous craving that follows false discrimination, one cultivates the perception of impurity as the first, up through the perception of observing emptiness as the last.
This opens cultivating impurity and the rest (辰六修不淨等想2), the sixth and final of correlating and explaining the cultivated perceptions' matters, beginning with setting out the distinction (巳一出差別) — the fourfold craving born of false discrimination (for beautiful color, physical form, fine touch, and being attended upon) is remedied by the nine-part sequence of impurity's own perception, from a corpse's first discoloration through to its final reduction to emptiness. Reading continues past this point to confirm what follows before further closure is claimed.
185. Section: Manifesting What Is Embraced Begins — Briefly Marking
Further, all of this, from the perception of discoloration up through the perception of observing emptiness, one should know is embraced by the perception of impurity.
又此一切從青瘀想乃至觀空想,當知皆是不淨想攝。
Further, all of this, from the perception of discoloration up through the perception of observing emptiness, one should know is embraced by the perception of impurity.
This opens manifesting what is embraced (巳二明所攝2), the second of cultivating impurity and the rest's two matters, beginning with briefly marking (午一略標) — the nine sequential perceptions tracing a corpse's decay (discoloration, festering, rupture, bloating, being devoured, blood-smeared, scattered, reduced to bones, and finally empty) are all, together, embraced by the single perception of impurity.
186. Section: Separately Distinguishing
Further, here, the perception of discoloration as the first, up through the perception of bloating as the last, remedies craving for beautiful color; the perceptions of being devoured, of being reddened, and of being scattered remedy craving for physical form; the perceptions of bare bone and of the skeleton remedy craving for fine touch; and observing the corpse as without consciousness, empty, remedies craving to be attended upon.
又於此中,青瘀想為初,膨脹想為後,對治美色貪;食噉想、分赤想、分散想,對治形貌貪;骸骨想、骨鎖想,對治細觸貪;觀無心識空有尸想,對治承事貪。
Further, here, the perception of discoloration as the first, up through the perception of bloating as the last, remedies craving for beautiful color; the perceptions of being devoured, of being reddened, and of being scattered remedy craving for physical form; the perceptions of bare bone and of the skeleton remedy craving for fine touch; and observing the corpse as without consciousness, empty, remedies craving to be attended upon.
With this, separately distinguishing (午二別辨) closes entirely, closing **manifesting what is embraced (巳二明所攝2: 略標/別辨) entirely**, closing **cultivating impurity and the rest (辰六修不淨等想2: 出差別/明所攝), the sixth and final of correlating and explaining the cultivated perceptions' matters, entirely**, closing **correlating and explaining the cultivated perceptions (卯二配釋修想6: 無願行想/空行想/無相行想/於諸欲中修過患想/修習死想/修不淨等想) entirely** — the nine-part corpse-decay sequence maps precisely onto the four kinds of desirous craving: the first four stages (discoloration through bloating) remedy craving for beautiful color; the next three (devoured, reddened, scattered) remedy craving for physical form; bare bone and skeleton remedy craving for fine touch; and the final perception of the corpse as utterly without consciousness remedies craving to be attended upon.
187. Section: Cultivating Loving-Kindness to Its Utmost, up to the Pervasively Pure Heaven and the Rest
Further, here, cultivating loving-kindness reaches, at its utmost, up to the pervasively pure heaven and the rest; this should be known in its marks as in the Ground of Concentrated Cultivation.
又於此中,修慈最極至遍淨等,如三摩呬多地應知其相。
Further, here, cultivating loving-kindness reaches, at its utmost, up to the pervasively pure heaven and the rest; this should be known in its marks as in the Ground of Concentrated Cultivation.
With this, cultivating loving-kindness to its utmost, up to the pervasively pure heaven and the rest (寅二修慈最極至遍淨等) closes entirely, closing **cultivating impermanence and the rest, and impurity and the rest (寅一修無常等及不淨等2: 標列所治/配釋修想) entirely**, closing **broadly clarifying the remedies (丑三廣明對治2: 修無常等及不淨等/修慈最極至遍淨等) entirely**, closing **cultivation (子七修3: 標列因緣/配釋差別/廣明對治), the seventh and final of the embrace of the factors of enlightenment's seven sections, entirely** — the four immeasurables reach their own highest expression at four distinct meditative peaks: loving-kindness culminating at the third dhyāna's pervasively pure heaven (the most sublime pleasure within the three realms, per the Ground of Concentrated Cultivation, fascicle 12), compassion at the base of infinite space (emptiness itself removing suffering), sympathetic joy at the base of infinite consciousness (rejoicing being itself a discernment of consciousness), and equanimity at the base of nothingness (relinquishing every affliction, taking nothingness as its very object). Master Cháng Bǎi traces this closing section to a substantial cluster of companion sūtras: young monks urged to draw near elder monks for the deep dharma that perfects the seven factors; the five hindrances as the unwholesome accumulation set against the seven factors as the wholesome; Ānanda corrected that a good spiritual friend is the entirety of the holy life, not merely half; the Buddha's own back pain and his teaching of the seven factors to Ānanda while resting, with a pointed reminder that diligence alone brings unsurpassed enlightenment; the seven factors' own gradual, sequential arising and their fruits (nirvāṇa without remainder, or the fruit of non-return, itself unfolding into seven kinds of parinirvāṇa for the non-returner); and, finally, each of the twenty-one perceptions in turn — impermanence, impermanence-as-suffering, suffering-as-selfless, food's repulsiveness, the world's unloveliness, exhaustion, severance, freedom from desire, cessation, fault, death, impurity, and the nine-part corpse sequence — each shown to bring about great fruit and great benefit on its own. **With this section's closure, the embrace of the factors of enlightenment (壬五覺支攝2: 立/差別/食/漸次/安樂/住/修), the fifth of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics, closes in its complete entirety.**
188. Section: The Embrace of the Path-Factors Begins — The Verse Marking and Listing
Further, a summary verse says: first, the inward and outward powers; purity's own distinctions; the alternate approach, the renunciant; the brāhmaṇa, coming last.
復次,嗢柁南曰:
Further, a summary verse says:
初內外力 清淨差別 異門沙門 婆羅門後
First, the inward and outward powers; purity's own distinctions; the alternate approach, the renunciant; the brāhmaṇa, coming last.
This opens **the embrace of the path-factors (壬六道支攝2), the sixth of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics**, named by the general summary verse's third line's second half "the path-factors" (覺道支息念) — treating the eightfold noble path — beginning with the verse marking and listing (癸一頌標列) — four matters unfold in the long-form explanation: the inward and outward powers that give rise to the path, purity's own distinctions among trainee, adept, and mundane or supramundane practice, the alternate approach naming the noble and the deviant path-factors' own distinct terms, and, finally, the true renunciant and true brāhmaṇa the eightfold path alone establishes.
189. Section: The Long-Form Explanation Begins — The Inward and Outward Powers Begins — Marking and Listing the Most Supreme
Among every power, whether inward or outward, in order to give rise to the eight-limbed noble path, there are two powers that are the most supreme relative to every remaining power. What are the two? First, among the outward powers, the power of a good spiritual friend is the most supreme; second, among the inward powers, the power of right reflection is the most supreme.
若內若外一切力中,為欲生起八支聖道,有二種力,於所餘力最為殊勝。云何為二?一者、於外力中,善知識力最為殊勝;二者、於內力中,正思惟力最為殊勝。
Among every power, whether inward or outward, in order to give rise to the eight-limbed noble path, there are two powers that are the most supreme relative to every remaining power. What are the two? First, among the outward powers, the power of a good spiritual friend is the most supreme; second, among the inward powers, the power of right reflection is the most supreme.
This opens the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋4), a fourfold structure matching the verse's four matters, beginning with the inward and outward powers (子一內外力2), named by the verse's first phrase's second half "the inward and outward powers" (初內外力), beginning with marking and listing the most supreme (丑一標列最勝) — among every power, inward or outward, that could give rise to the eightfold noble path, two stand supreme above all the rest: a good spiritual friend, outwardly, and right reflection, inwardly.
190. Section: Explaining the Distinctions in Sequence Begins — Explaining the Name "the Remaining"
One should know that, here, being free of every obstruction, having previously cultivated meritorious deeds, and being without lack of clothing, food, and the rest — this is called the remaining outward power. Apart from the perception conjoined with right reflection, the remaining limbs of severance are called the remaining inward power.
當知此中,離諸障礙,先修福業,於衣食等無匱乏等,名餘外力。
One should know that, here, being free of every obstruction, having previously cultivated meritorious deeds, and being without lack of clothing, food, and the rest — this is called the remaining outward power.
除正思惟相應想外,餘斷支分,名餘內力。
Apart from the perception conjoined with right reflection, the remaining limbs of severance are called the remaining inward power.
This opens explaining the distinctions in sequence (丑二隨釋差別2), the second of the inward and outward powers' two matters, beginning with explaining the name "the remaining" (寅一釋名所餘) — beyond the good spiritual friend, the remaining outward power means freedom from the three obstructions (karmic, afflictive, and karmic-ripening), sustained by merit cultivated in former lives, ensuring adequate clothing, food, medicine, and other requisites, and freedom from illness-producing karma. Beyond right reflection, the remaining inward power means the other limbs of severance — precepts, sense-restraint, moderation in eating, wakeful yoga, right knowledge while abiding, delight in seclusion, purification of the hindrances, and reliance on samādhi — per the 披尋記, all such factors, while genuinely necessary, remain secondary to right reflection's own supreme place among the inward powers.
191. Section: Explaining Its Supremacy
The outward good spiritual friend means that, from them, one hears the unsurpassed true dharma; because of this, it is called hearing the sound from another. Inward right reflection means that, immediately following this, one is able to give rise to right view as the path's own forerunner.
外善知識者,謂從彼聞無上正法,由此故名從他聞音。內正思惟者,謂此無間,能發正見為上首道。
The outward good spiritual friend means that, from them, one hears the unsurpassed true dharma; because of this, it is called hearing the sound from another. Inward right reflection means that, immediately following this, one is able to give rise to right view as the path's own forerunner.
With this, explaining its supremacy (寅二釋其最勝) closes entirely, closing **explaining the distinctions in sequence (丑二隨釋差別2: 釋名所餘/釋其最勝) entirely**, closing **the inward and outward powers (子一內外力2: 標列最勝/隨釋差別), the first of the embrace of the path-factors' four sections, entirely** — a good spiritual friend's supremacy lies in being the very source from which the unsurpassed true dharma is first heard at all; right reflection's supremacy lies in being what immediately, without interruption, gives rise to right view, the very forerunner leading every other limb of the eightfold path. Master Cháng Bǎi traces this section to a substantial cluster of companion sūtras: the five hindrances and eight path-factors set as unwholesome against wholesome accumulations; a good spiritual friend as the entirety, not merely half, of the holy life's own success; the noble eightfold path as a vehicle surpassing even the outside brāhmaṇas' own "brahmā vehicle," subduing affliction's every army; and an extended verse likening faith and precepts to a yoke, shame to a long rein, right mindfulness to a skilled charioteer's own guarding hand, equanimity and samādhi to the chariot's shaft, wisdom and diligence to its wheels, and non-attachment and patience to armor protecting the rider from harm — together forming the noble path's own chariot, which alone carries a practitioner past every sorrow to nirvāṇa's own shore, subduing ignorance's whole army of foes; and, finally, a cluster teaching that right or wrong reflection alone determines whether the eight right or eight wrong path-factors arise, persist, or fade, right reflection alone being the deciding factor throughout.
192. Section: Purity's Distinctions Begins — Bringing Forth the Alternative Names Begins — Purified
Further, when right view and the rest are in a trainee, because they are uncontaminated, they are called purified.
復次,彼正見等,若在有學,由無漏故,說名清淨。
Further, when right view and the rest are in a trainee, because they are uncontaminated, they are called purified.
This opens purity's distinctions (子二清淨差別3), the second of the long-form explanation's four matters, beginning with bringing forth the alternative names (丑一出異名4), beginning with purified (寅一清淨) — those at the trainee stage, from the first fruit up to the path toward the fourth, by much cultivation of the eightfold path gain uncontaminated merit and sever the afflictions of craving and view, up to a portion of the innate afflictions. Because uncontaminated wisdom breaks through ignorance, this is called purified. Master Cháng Bǎi cites 攝事分, fascicle 86: relying on that pure path of practice and cultivating it much, the trainee's dharmas break through the shell of ignorance and move toward the stage beyond training.
193. Section: Bright White
When they are in one beyond training, because the continuum is pure, they are called bright white.
若在無學,相續淨故,說名鮮白。
When they are in one beyond training, because the continuum is pure, they are called bright white.
This covers bright white (寅二鮮白) — for the arhat, the noble one at the stage beyond training, the noble path is already completely cultivated, and the continuum has gained purity through liberation. Master Cháng Bǎi cites the Explanation of the Different Aspects (攝異門分), fascicle 83: bright white means that the continuum is liberated.
194. Section: Without Dust-Spot
When they are in the worldly, because they stay far from the immeasurable evil wrong practices that follow the outsiders' views, they are therefore called without dust-spot.
若在世間,遠離無量隨外道見諸惡邪行,是故說名無有塵點。
When they are in the worldly, because they stay far from the immeasurable evil wrong practices that follow the outsiders' views, they are therefore called without dust-spot.
This covers without dust-spot (寅三無有塵點) — in the worldly, the practitioner stays far from the many mistaken practices drawn out by the wrong knowledge and wrong views that follow the outsiders and take a self as their root.
195. Section: Free of Secondary Afflictions
Because they stay far from the defilement of the karmas of later existence that arises from those dust-spots, they are therefore called free of secondary afflictions.
遠離塵點所起後有諸業雜染,是故說名離隨煩惱。
Because they stay far from the defilement of the karmas of later existence that arises from those dust-spots, they are therefore called free of secondary afflictions.
With this, free of secondary afflictions (寅四離隨煩惱) closes entirely, closing bringing forth the alternative names (丑一出異名4: 清淨/鮮白/無有塵點/離隨煩惱) entirely — the dust-spots are the evil wrong practices that arise from following the outsiders' views. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that, being without wrong view and wrong practice, one no longer creates the karma that brings a result in the next life, and he takes this as the realm of the arhat.
196. Section: Clarifying What Embraces Them Begins — Marking and Listing
Stated briefly, all the eight noble path-factors are embraced by two places: first, the worldly; second, the transcendent.
略說一切八聖道支,二處所攝。一者、世間,二、出世間。
Stated briefly, all the eight noble path-factors are embraced by two places: first, the worldly; second, the transcendent.
This opens clarifying what embraces them (丑二明所攝2), the second of purity's distinctions, beginning with marking and listing (寅一標列) — the worldly is the place of beings still bound by the three contaminants and the four graspings; such practitioners, following worldly right view and cultivating precepts, concentration, and wisdom as wholesome dharmas, can go to the fortunate destinies, and they belong to the stages of accumulation and of preparatory practice, with a right view of cause and effect but no fruit yet realized. The transcendent is the practice of the eightfold path that gradually gains pure liberation and ends the suffering of the three realms, from entry into the first fruit up to arhatship.
197. Section: Explaining in Sequence
The worldly, because it is followed and bound by the three contaminants and the four graspings, is unable to exhaust suffering; because it is wholesome by nature, it is able to go to the fortunate destinies. The transcendent, the opposite of that, is able to exhaust the many sufferings.
其世間者,三漏、四取所隨縛故,不能盡苦;是善性故,能往善趣。出世間者,與彼相違,能盡眾苦。
The worldly, because it is followed and bound by the three contaminants and the four graspings, is unable to exhaust suffering; because it is wholesome by nature, it is able to go to the fortunate destinies. The transcendent, the opposite of that, is able to exhaust the many sufferings.
With this, explaining in sequence (寅二隨釋) closes entirely, closing clarifying what embraces them (丑二明所攝2: 標列/隨釋) entirely. The three contaminants are the contaminants of desire, of existence, and of ignorance; the four graspings are the grasping of desires, of views, of precepts and vows, and of self-assertion. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the seeds of these follow and bind within the ālaya consciousness, so that beings cannot end the suffering result of birth and death; yet if the discriminating mind accords with wholesome dharmas, cultivating the five precepts and the ten wholesome deeds, they will be born in the fortunate destinies of humans and gods.
One who accomplishes the transcendent eightfold path differs from this, severing the seeds of the three contaminants and the four graspings, not returning to the world for birth and death, and having already ended every suffering result of birth and death.
198. Section: Pointing Back to the Earlier Marks
Further, the meaning of right view and the rest, the eight noble path-factors, distinguished at length, should be known in its marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground and the Explanation of the Different Aspects. The seven requisites of concentration are as already said in the Ground of Concentrated Cultivation.
又正見等八聖道支廣分別義,如聲聞地及攝異門分應知其相。七種定具,如三摩呬多地已說。
Further, the meaning of right view and the rest, the eight noble path-factors, distinguished at length, should be known in its marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground and the Explanation of the Different Aspects. The seven requisites of concentration are as already said in the Ground of Concentrated Cultivation.
With this, pointing back to the earlier marks (丑三指前相) closes entirely, closing purity's distinctions (子二清淨差別3: 出異名/明所攝/指前相) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi locates the detail in the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 29, and the Explanation of the Different Aspects, fascicle 83. The seven requisites of concentration (七種定具) are the seven path-factors other than right concentration, per the Yogācārabhūmi Commentary (瑜伽論記).
Per the 披尋記, the Ground of Concentrated Cultivation, fascicle 12, speaks of noble right samādhi with its causes and requisites: five path-factors, right view, right reflection, right speech, right action, and right livelihood, are its causes, by the meaning of leading the way in sequence; three, right view, right effort, and right mindfulness, are its requisites, by the meaning of assisting samādhi. The Blessed One speaks of the first seven path-factors together as its causes and requisites, and so here they are called in general the requisites of concentration. Master Cháng Bǎi adds that the five are distant causes and the three are near conditions.
The companion sūtras are nos. 1 to 21 of the Path Section (聖道分相應) in the 雜中. As the sun's first light comes before the sun, right view comes before the rest of the path; with ignorance going before, the eight wrong path-factors arise, and with illumination going before, the eight right ones. No. 14 gives the difference between the trainee's eightfold path and that of one beyond training, matching this section's purified and bright white, and no. 15 says the same in the terms true person (正士), meaning a trainee, and great person (大士), meaning one beyond training.
199. Section: The Alternate Approach Begins — The Embrace of the Noble Path-Factors Begins — Called Dharma
Further, because the eight noble path-factors headed by right view accord with right principle, they are called dharma.
復次,正見為首八聖道支,會正理故,說名為法。
Further, because the eight noble path-factors headed by right view accord with right principle, they are called dharma.
This opens the alternate approach (子三異門2), the third of the long-form explanation's four matters, named by the verse's third phrase "the alternate approach, the renunciant" (異門沙門), which explains the eightfold noble path from different angles, beginning with the embrace of the noble path-factors (丑一聖道支攝6), beginning with called dharma (寅一名法) — the path-factors enter the principle of the noble ones, the realized principle that there is only dharma, with no person and no self.
200. Section: Called Discipline
Because they are able to extinguish every affliction, they are called discipline.
能滅一切諸煩惱故,名毗奈耶。
Because they are able to extinguish every affliction, they are called discipline.
This covers called discipline (寅二名毗奈耶) — the eightfold path accords with subduing and extinguishing every affliction of craving and view. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that vinaya (毗奈耶) means subduing, is rendered as precept, and is also called extinguishing.
201. Section: Called Noble
Because they are extremely far removed from all evil dharmas, and because all the noble and the worthy alike take them as their pattern and practice them, they are called noble.
去諸惡法極懸遠故,一切聖賢共祖習故,說名為聖。
Because they are extremely far removed from all evil dharmas, and because all the noble and the worthy alike take them as their pattern and practice them, they are called noble.
This covers called noble (寅三名聖) — the noble path severs all evil, unwholesome dharmas and stays far from foolishness and lack of wisdom, and it is the right path that all noble ones and worthy ones together follow and train in.
202. Section: Called Wholesome
Because they are able to accord with and go to the fortunate destinies, they are called wholesome.
能隨順往諸善趣故,說名為善。
Because they are able to accord with and go to the fortunate destinies, they are called wholesome.
This covers called wholesome (寅四名善) — Master Cháng Bǎi takes this of the worldly noble path, which moves toward the fortunate destinies of humans and gods and brings about a desirable result.
203. Section: Called What Should Be Cultivated
Because they move toward nirvāṇa, they are called what should be cultivated.
趣涅槃故,說名應修。
Because they move toward nirvāṇa, they are called what should be cultivated.
This covers called what should be cultivated (寅五名應修) — Master Cháng Bǎi takes this of the transcendent noble path, which extinguishes affliction and birth and death and moves toward nirvāṇa.
204. Section: Called Excellent
Because they are praised by all who are wise, they are called excellent.
諸有智者所稱讚故,說名善哉。
Because they are praised by all who are wise, they are called excellent.
With this, called excellent (寅六名善哉) closes entirely, closing the embrace of the noble path-factors (丑一聖道支攝6: 名法/名毗奈耶/名聖/名善/名應修/名善哉) entirely — the wise together commend and praise the noble path.
205. Section: The Embrace of the Wrong Path-Factors Begins — Marking the Opposite
The opposite of this, one should know, is precisely the distinctions among the eight wrong path-factors headed by wrong view.
與此相違,應知即是邪見為首八邪道支所有差別。
The opposite of this, one should know, is precisely the distinctions among the eight wrong path-factors headed by wrong view.
This opens the embrace of the wrong path-factors (丑二邪道支攝2), the second of the alternate approach, beginning with marking the opposite (寅一標相違) — what runs contrary to the eightfold noble path is the eight wrong path-factors headed by wrong view, with their own distinct names and marks.
206. Section: Explaining the Distinctions Begins — Called Dark
Because they fall within the class of ignorance and darkness, they are called dark.
墮在無明黑闇品故,說名為黑。
Because they fall within the class of ignorance and darkness, they are called dark.
This opens explaining the distinctions (寅二釋差別5), beginning with called dark (卯一名黑) — the wrong path causes one to fall within the class that is without wisdom and does not rightly know the facts. Master Cháng Bǎi cites the Explanation of the Different Aspects, fascicle 84: ignorance is lack of skill in the matters to be known, and darkness is not rightly knowing real matters.
207. Section: Called Without Benefit
Because they go to the unfortunate destinies, they are called without benefit.
往惡趣故,說名無義。
Because they go to the unfortunate destinies, they are called without benefit.
This covers called without benefit (卯二名無義) — the wrong path draws one toward the three unfortunate destinies of the hells, hungry ghosts, and animals, where there is only suffering and no pleasure, and it is called without benefit because it draws out suffering.
208. Section: Called Inferior
Because they are unwholesome by nature, they are called inferior.
不善性故,說名下劣。
Because they are unwholesome by nature, they are called inferior.
This covers called inferior (卯三名下劣) — by nature the wrong path is not wholesome, and it gives rise to shamelessness, lack of conscience, and the unwholesome roots such as craving.
209. Section: Called Blameworthy
Because they give rise, in this present life, to every fear and enmity, they are called blameworthy.
生現法中所有怖畏及怨憎故,說名有罪。
Because they give rise, in this present life, to every fear and enmity, they are called blameworthy.
This covers called blameworthy (卯四名有罪) — by nature the wrong path is defiled, and within this present life it gives rise to all kinds of fear and to hatred.
210. Section: Called What Should Be Kept Far From
Because they are reproached by all who are wise, and because the wise keep far from them, they are called what should be kept far from.
諸有智者所譏毀故,所遠離故,名應遠離。
Because they are reproached by all who are wise, and because the wise keep far from them, they are called what should be kept far from.
With this, called what should be kept far from (卯五名應遠離) closes entirely, closing explaining the distinctions (寅二釋差別5: 名黑/名無義/名下劣/名有罪/名應遠離) entirely, closing the embrace of the wrong path-factors (丑二邪道支攝2: 標相違/釋差別) entirely, closing the alternate approach (子三異門2: 聖道支攝/邪道支攝) entirely.
Master Cháng Bǎi gives the companion sūtras as nos. 52 to 62 of the Path Section in the 雜中. Those eleven sūtras explain the eleven names set out here: dharma, discipline, noble, wholesome, what should be cultivated, and excellent for the noble path-factors; and dark, without benefit, inferior, blameworthy, and what should be kept far from for the wrong path-factors. The first of them teaches that the eight right path-factors are dharma and the eight wrong ones are not dharma.
211. Section: The Renunciant and the Brāhmaṇa Begins — Citing the Renunciant Begins — Briefly Showing the Distinctions Begins — Bringing Forth the Establishment Begins — The Meaning of a Renunciant
Further, according to all renunciants in the foremost meaning, these eight noble path-factors are established as the meaning of a renunciant.
復次,依第一義所有沙門,安立如是八支聖道為沙門義。
Further, according to all renunciants in the foremost meaning, these eight noble path-factors are established as the meaning of a renunciant.
This opens the renunciant and the brāhmaṇa (子四沙門婆羅門2), the fourth of the long-form explanation's four matters, named by the verse's third and fourth phrases, beginning with citing the renunciant (丑一舉沙門2), beginning with briefly showing the distinctions (寅一略顯差別3), beginning with bringing forth the establishment (卯一出安立2), beginning with the meaning of a renunciant (辰一沙門義). Master Cháng Bǎi takes the key to be the phrase "all renunciants in the foremost meaning," for two reasons. First, it excludes outsider renunciants, since the word renunciant, a general term for those gone forth, can cover both inner and outer paths. Second, it does not contradict the companion sūtra, no. 98 of the Path Section in the 雜中, which distinguishes the renunciant's dharma, the eight noble path-factors, from the meaning of a renunciant, the permanent exhaustion of craving, aversion, delusion, and every affliction.
Meaning (義) here is principle or realm, and can also be the benefit gained by the noble path. Going forth, the renunciant trains in the eightfold path and by it moves toward the foremost meaning; of renunciants in the foremost meaning, it can further be said that they have already realized the uncontaminated eight noble path-factors, which is spoken of from the side of severance and of the fruit. Among such renunciants there are degrees from the first fruit to the fourth, and for this reason the text says "all."
212. Section: The Nature of a Renunciant
For the sake of this meaning, within the well-taught dharma and discipline, one goes forth in provisional name and takes on the nature of a renunciant.
為此義故,於善說法毗奈耶中,假名出家受沙門性。
For the sake of this meaning, within the well-taught dharma and discipline, one goes forth in provisional name and takes on the nature of a renunciant.
With this, the nature of a renunciant (辰二沙門性) closes entirely, closing bringing forth the establishment (卯一出安立2: 沙門義/沙門性) entirely. Per the 披尋記, this meaning is the wish to realize the meaning of the renunciant's fruit. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that one comes to the Buddha's dharma and discipline to go forth and practice for that purpose; though not yet having personally realized the foremost meaning, one shaves head and beard, stops evil, tames body and mind, and diligently practices the wholesome, and so is provisionally said to go forth and take on the nature of a renunciant.
213. Section: Distinguishing Superior and Inferior
Further, because this is finally without loss or ruin, it is called the foremost meaning. The one in provisional name is not like this.
又此畢竟無失壞故,名第一義。其假名者即不如是。
Further, because this is finally without loss or ruin, it is called the foremost meaning. The one in provisional name is not like this.
This covers distinguishing superior and inferior (卯二辨勝劣) — one who accomplishes the meaning of a renunciant has no fault and does not ruin the merit of the noble path, and so is called a renunciant in the foremost meaning. One who has gone forth but has not realized the noble path is provisionally established as a renunciant, and is only that in name.
214. Section: Clarifying the Ultimate Meaning Begins — Marking the Obtaining of the Name
Those who have accomplished this nature of a renunciant in the foremost meaning, one should know, are also called renunciants in the ultimate meaning.
諸有成就此第一義沙門性者,當知亦名勝義沙門。
Those who have accomplished this nature of a renunciant in the foremost meaning, one should know, are also called renunciants in the ultimate meaning.
This opens clarifying the ultimate meaning (卯三明勝義2), the third of briefly showing the distinctions, beginning with marking the obtaining of the name (辰一標得名) — those who have accomplished the noble path bear the name renunciant in the ultimate meaning (勝義沙門).
215. Section: Showing Permanent Severance Begins — The General Marking
Further, they pursue this fruit of a renunciant, the matter of the final severance of craving, aversion, delusion, and the rest; therefore that is called the meaning of a renunciant.
又彼追求此沙門果貪瞋癡等畢竟斷義,是故說彼名沙門義。
Further, they pursue this fruit of a renunciant, the matter of the final severance of craving, aversion, delusion, and the rest; therefore that is called the meaning of a renunciant.
This opens showing permanent severance (辰二顯永斷2), beginning with the general marking (巳一總標) — practitioners pursue the four fruits of a renunciant and finally sever craving, aversion, delusion, and the other afflictions, and for this reason the fruit too can be called the meaning of a renunciant. Master Cháng Bǎi concludes that the noble path and its fruit both belong to the realm of the renunciant, and both can be called the meaning of a renunciant.
216. Section: Separately Expanding
This meaning of a renunciant is further of two kinds: first, the establishment by general mark, without distinction; second, the establishment by distinction, of those with something to do and those with nothing to do, of those approaching and those abiding in a fruit.
此沙門義復有二種。一、無差別總相建立;二、若有所作、若無所作,行向、住果差別建立。
This meaning of a renunciant is further of two kinds: first, the establishment by general mark, without distinction; second, the establishment by distinction, of those with something to do and those with nothing to do, of those approaching and those abiding in a fruit.
With this, separately expanding (巳二別廣) closes entirely, closing showing permanent severance (辰二顯永斷2: 總標/別廣) entirely, closing clarifying the ultimate meaning (卯三明勝義2: 標得名/顯永斷) entirely, closing briefly showing the distinctions (寅一略顯差別3: 出安立/辨勝劣/明勝義) entirely.
Per the 披尋記, not distinguishing those approaching from those abiding in a fruit is called the establishment by general mark, without distinction. One who moves along the path toward a fruit is called one approaching, and by this four kinds of persons are established; these should be known as having something to do. One who has attained a fruit of a renunciant is called one abiding in a fruit, and by the fruit of the path four kinds of persons are established; these should be known as having nothing to do. This is the second, the establishment by distinction. Master Cháng Bǎi adds that nothing to do is said relative to those approaching.
217. Section: Concluding by Embracing All of It
All of this comes to four kinds in total: first, the nature of a renunciant; second, being a renunciant; third, the meaning of a renunciant; fourth, the fruit of a renunciant.
如是一切總有四種。一、沙門性,二、是沙門,三、沙門義,四、沙門果。
All of this comes to four kinds in total: first, the nature of a renunciant; second, being a renunciant; third, the meaning of a renunciant; fourth, the fruit of a renunciant.
With this, concluding by embracing all of it (寅二結攝一切) closes entirely, closing citing the renunciant (丑一舉沙門2: 略顯差別/結攝一切) entirely. The nature of a renunciant is that of one who goes forth seeking the noble path, knowing that going forth means severing affliction. Being a renunciant refers to the kinds of those gone forth, which Master Cháng Bǎi takes from the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 29: the renunciant of superior attainment (勝道沙門), the well-gone who sever craving, aversion, and delusion; the renunciant who teaches the path (說道沙門); the renunciant who lives by the path (活道沙門), who diligently practices the wholesome and is able to nourish the life of wisdom; and the renunciant who corrupts the path (壞道沙門), who practices wrongly and defiles the noble path.
The meaning of a renunciant can be taken in two ways: the uncontaminated eight noble path-factors, or the fruit of a renunciant, the latter established either without distinction or by distinction as in the previous section. The fruit of a renunciant is the first through the fourth fruit.
218. Section: Extending the Case to the Brāhmaṇa
The principle of distinctions for the brāhmaṇa, one should know, is likewise so.
其婆羅門差別道理,當知亦爾。
The principle of distinctions for the brāhmaṇa, one should know, is likewise so.
With this, extending the case to the brāhmaṇa (丑二例婆羅門) closes entirely, closing the renunciant and the brāhmaṇa (子四沙門婆羅門2: 舉沙門/例婆羅門) entirely, closing the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋4: 內外力/清淨差別/異門/沙門婆羅門) entirely, closing the embrace of the path-factors (壬六道支攝2: 頌標列/長行釋), the sixth of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics, entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the brāhmaṇa, the highest caste in India, is here another name for the renunciant, and one who accomplishes the foremost truth can be called a brāhmaṇa in the ultimate meaning.
By the arrangement of the 雜中, the companion sūtras are nos. 76 to 114 of the Path Section. Those turned toward wrongness go against the dharma, and their thought, wish, vow, and action all follow wrong view; those turned toward rightness delight in the dharma. No. 78 adds the simile of bitter seeds and sweet seeds: however earth, water, fire, and wind nourish them, each yields the taste of its own seed. No. 82 teaches two kinds of right view: the worldly, contaminated, with grasping, turned toward the fortunate destinies; and the noble, transcendent, and uncontaminated, which reflects on the four noble truths and turns back against the stream of birth and death. Nos. 83 to 89 apply the same to the remaining path-factors, right intention (正志) through right concentration.
Nos. 90 and 91 set out the wrong and the wrong path, the right and the right path, and can be matched to the embrace of the noble and wrong path-factors. Nos. 97 to 102 distinguish the renunciant's dharma, the eight noble path-factors; the renunciant, the one accomplishing them; the meaning of a renunciant, the permanent severance of craving, aversion, delusion, and every affliction; and the fruit of a renunciant, from stream-entry to arhatship. Nos. 103 to 108 say the same of the brāhmaṇa, and nos. 109 to 114 of the holy life, matching this section.
219. Section: The Embrace of Mindfulness of Breathing Begins — The Verse Marking and Listing
Further, a summary verse says:
復次,嗢柁南曰:
Further, a summary verse says:
This opens the embrace of mindfulness of breathing (壬七息念攝2), the seventh of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics, named by the general summary verse's third line "mindfulness of breathing" (覺道支息念), which explains the method of cultivating the in-breath and out-breath, beginning with the verse marking and listing (癸一頌標列).
220. Section: The Verse's Eight Matters
Obstructions, secondary afflictions, investigation and the rest; result, desire, the subtle, bodily weariness; the trainee's abiding and attention; wisdom and non-grasping coming last.
障隨惑尋等 果欲細身勞 學住及作意 智無執為後
Obstructions, secondary afflictions, investigation and the rest; result, desire, the subtle, bodily weariness; the trainee's abiding and attention; wisdom and non-grasping coming last.
With this, the verse marking and listing (癸一頌標列) closes entirely — eight matters unfold in the long-form explanation. First, obstructions, secondary afflictions, and investigation and the rest: what obstructs the cultivation of the in-breath and out-breath, and the afflictions born of following investigation and reflection. Second, result: what the cultivation gains. Third, desire: the wholesome desire for it. Fourth, the subtle: the subtlety of mindfulness of breathing and the rest. Fifth, bodily weariness: that it keeps the body from weariness, up to abiding in ease. Sixth, the trainee's abiding: the difference between the trainee and the Tathāgata in severing the five hindrances. Seventh, attention: the difference between principled and unprincipled attention. Eighth, wisdom and non-grasping: that the practice realizes the wisdom of no-self and no longer grasps a self.
221. Section: The Long-Form Explanation Begins — Obstructions, Secondary Afflictions, Investigation and the Rest Begins — Pointing to the Marks of Cultivation
The differences in cultivating mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath comprise sixteen modes; their meaning, distinguished at length, should be known in its marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
入出息念修習差別有十六行,廣分別義,如聲聞地應知其相。
The differences in cultivating mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath comprise sixteen modes; their meaning, distinguished at length, should be known in its marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
This opens the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋8), an eightfold structure matching the verse's eight matters, beginning with obstructions, secondary afflictions, investigation and the rest (子一障隨惑尋等3), beginning with pointing to the marks of cultivation (丑一指修相). Per the 披尋記, the Śrāvaka Ground says: what are the sixteen excellent practices (十六勝行)? They begin, in mindfulness of the in-breath, with "I now am able to train in mindfulness of the in-breath," and so on at length. Master Cháng Bǎi locates this in fascicle 27: the foundations of body, feeling, mind, and dharmas each have four practices, sixteen in all, and they can be matched to no. 3 of the Mindfulness of Breathing Section (安那般那念相應) in the 雜中.
222. Section: Bringing Forth the Obstructing Dharmas Begins — Marking
Further, diligent practitioners of yoga, when cultivating such mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath, should at that time know five obstructing dharmas.
又勤修行諸瑜伽師,修習如是入出息念,爾時應知五障礙法。
Further, diligent practitioners of yoga, when cultivating such mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath, should at that time know five obstructing dharmas.
This opens bringing forth the obstructing dharmas (丑二出障法3), beginning with marking (寅一標) — five dharmas can appear that obstruct this cultivation.
223. Section: Listing
First, the mind is scattered toward outer conditions. Second, the turning of the in-breath and out-breath meets with difficulty. Third, the active entanglement of restlessness and regret appears. Fourth, the active entanglement of torpor and sleepiness appears. Fifth, one delights in living mixed together with monastics and laypeople.
一者、於其外緣,其心散亂;二者、入出息轉有所艱難;三者、掉舉惡作纏現在前;四者、惛沈睡眠纏現在前;五者、樂與道俗共相雜住。
First, the mind is scattered toward outer conditions. Second, the turning of the in-breath and out-breath meets with difficulty. Third, the active entanglement of restlessness and regret appears. Fourth, the active entanglement of torpor and sleepiness appears. Fifth, one delights in living mixed together with monastics and laypeople.
This covers listing (寅二列). The mind clings to outer conditions, such as forms, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, men and women. The breath does not flow smoothly. Restlessness, per Master Cháng Bǎi, is recalling the pleasant things of past and future, and regret is remorse over what one has already done, whether wholesome or evil. Torpor and sleepiness come from eating too much or eating what is not suitable, or from fatigue. Living mixed together with monastics and laypeople of different outlook keeps one from seclusion and quiet.
224. Section: Concluding
One should know that all five of these dharmas are able to act as obstructions, for one who has not attained concentration and seeks to settle the mind, and, after concentration is attained, redoubled and increased.
如是五法,於未得定欲求心定,及得定已倍復增長,當知一切能為障礙。
One should know that all five of these dharmas are able to act as obstructions, for one who has not attained concentration and seeks to settle the mind, and, after concentration is attained, redoubled and increased.
With this, concluding (寅三結) closes entirely, closing bringing forth the obstructing dharmas (丑二出障法3: 標/列/結) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that for one seeking concentration these five are obstructions in every way, and for one who has attained it, if concentration is lost because of them, they are an obstruction redoubled.
225. Section: Distinguishing the Remedies Begins — In the Class of Calm-Abiding
When one is defiled by the secondary afflictions of the class of calm-abiding, torpor arises in the body and feebleness arises in the mind. By rightly cultivating mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath, body and mind become pliant, and one is able to keep far from all the gross heaviness of body and mind conjoined with torpor and feebleness.
奢摩他品諸隨煩惱所染汙時,發身惛沈,生心下劣。由正修習入出息念,身心輕安,能令惛沈下劣俱行身心麤重皆悉遠離。
When one is defiled by the secondary afflictions of the class of calm-abiding, torpor arises in the body and feebleness arises in the mind. By rightly cultivating mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath, body and mind become pliant, and one is able to keep far from all the gross heaviness of body and mind conjoined with torpor and feebleness.
This opens distinguishing the remedies (丑三辨對治2), beginning with the class of calm-abiding (寅一於奢摩他品) — calm-abiding is the method of recollecting one object again and again. When secondary afflictions defile the mind during this practice, body and mind grow dim, the object is not clear, and the mind is feeble and without capacity. Only by rightly cultivating this mindfulness until body and mind reach pliancy does the gross heaviness conjoined with torpor and feebleness depart.
226. Section: In the Class of Insight Begins — Bringing Forth What Is Remedied
When one is defiled by the secondary afflictions of the class of insight, various false thoughts of investigation and reflection arise: namely, improper investigation and reflection, such as that of desire, and the various false thoughts, such as perceptions of desire, that arise from investigation and reflection on the side of ignorance.
毗鉢舍那品諸隨煩惱所染汙時,發生種種尋伺妄想,謂欲尋伺等不正尋伺,及無明分尋伺所起諸欲想等種種妄想。
When one is defiled by the secondary afflictions of the class of insight, various false thoughts of investigation and reflection arise: namely, improper investigation and reflection, such as that of desire, and the various false thoughts, such as perceptions of desire, that arise from investigation and reflection on the side of ignorance.
This opens the class of insight (寅二於毗鉢舍那品2), beginning with bringing forth what is remedied (卯一出所治). Per the 披尋記, the words "such as" in "improper investigation and reflection, such as that of desire" take in investigation and reflection of aversion and of harm. Master Cháng Bǎi reckons eight kinds of improper thought in all, adding those concerned with one's land, one's kin, not dying, family standing, and contempt for others. Investigation and reflection on the side of ignorance, he explains, do not understand impermanence, suffering, emptiness, and no-self, and grasp a self and what is real.
227. Section: Clarifying What Remedies Begins — Causing Stillness
By rightly cultivating mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath, investigation, reflection, and the rest are all stilled.
由正修習入出息念,令尋伺等悉皆靜息。
By rightly cultivating mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath, investigation, reflection, and the rest are all stilled.
This opens clarifying what remedies (卯二明能治2), beginning with causing stillness (辰一令靜息) — the eight kinds of false thought become quiet and do not arise in active manifestation.
228. Section: Causing Completion
In order to remedy those false thoughts on the side of ignorance, one purely cultivates the perception on the side of illumination, causing it swiftly to reach completion.
為欲對治彼無明分諸妄想故,純修明分想,令速得圓滿。
In order to remedy those false thoughts on the side of ignorance, one purely cultivates the perception on the side of illumination, causing it swiftly to reach completion.
With this, causing completion (辰二令圓滿) closes entirely, closing clarifying what remedies (卯二明能治2: 令靜息/令圓滿) entirely, closing the class of insight (寅二於毗鉢舍那品2: 出所治/明能治) entirely, closing distinguishing the remedies (丑三辨對治2: 於奢摩他品/於毗鉢舍那品) entirely, closing obstructions, secondary afflictions, investigation and the rest (子一障隨惑尋等3: 指修相/出障法/辨對治), the first of the long-form explanation's eight matters, entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the side of illumination (明分) refers especially to the light of the dharma, the wisdom conjoined with the real meaning of the emptiness of self; much cultivation of this contemplation brings the perception to completion, up to severing the seeds of ignorance.
A companion sūtra gives five preparatory practices that benefit mindfulness of the breath: abiding in pure precepts, having few desires and few affairs, moderation in food, not clinging to sleep in the first and last watches of the night, and staying in quiet places. Another teaches that this mindfulness brings stillness of body and stillness of mind, and that the practitioner comes to the completion of the perception conjoined with principled attention, up to the fourth fruit.
A third, which sets out the practice in full, has the monk beg with senses guarded, then sit upright in the forest, under a tree, or in the open with mindfulness held on the object, sever craving for worldly objects, leave behind the five hindrances, which weaken wisdom, and take up the sixteen excellent practices. Master Cháng Bǎi explains each practice against the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 27: knowing the breath as long and short; the breath pervading the body; removing the bodily formation; experiencing joy; experiencing bliss; experiencing the mental formation; removing the mental formation; experiencing the mind; gladdening the mind; restraining the mind; liberating the mind; and contemplating impermanence, severance, freedom from desire, and cessation.
229. Section: Result Begins — Keeping Equipoise Free of Gaps and Lacks
Further, for practitioners of yoga rightly and diligently cultivating mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath: the investigation and reflection taking past formations as object, which are able to cause gaps and lacks in the equipoise arising without interval, are swiftly diminished; the investigation and reflection taking future formations as object, which are able to cause gaps and lacks in the equipoise arising without interval, are swiftly stopped; the investigation and reflection taking present formations as object, which are able to cause gaps and lacks in the equipoise arising without interval, are swiftly quieted.
復次,正勤修習入出息念諸瑜伽師,於緣過去諸行尋伺,能令無間所生等持有間闕者,速得損減;於緣未來諸行尋伺,能令無間所生等持有間闕者,速得止息;於緣現在諸行尋伺,能令無間所生等持有間闕者,速得寂靜。
Further, for practitioners of yoga rightly and diligently cultivating mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath: the investigation and reflection taking past formations as object, which are able to cause gaps and lacks in the equipoise arising without interval, are swiftly diminished; the investigation and reflection taking future formations as object, which are able to cause gaps and lacks in the equipoise arising without interval, are swiftly stopped; the investigation and reflection taking present formations as object, which are able to cause gaps and lacks in the equipoise arising without interval, are swiftly quieted.
This opens result (子二果2), the second of the long-form explanation's eight matters, named by the verse's second phrase "result, desire, the subtle, bodily weariness" (果欲細身勞), beginning with keeping equipoise free of gaps and lacks (丑一能令等持無有間闕). Master Cháng Bǎi recalls fascicle 27: this object is the remedy for those whose practice is full of discursive thought. Equipoise is the even holding of the mind, each thought level with the last and continuing unbroken, which is called without interval; investigation and reflection make gaps and lacks in it.
Thoughts taking the past, the future, and the present five aggregates as object are thus diminished, stopped, and quieted by this practice, and the practitioner quickly gains worldly concentration, the preliminary stage, up to the third dhyāna.
230. Section: Severing the Six Fetters and Gaining the Fruit-Benefits Begins — Marking the Sūtras' Words
Further, in brief, one should know that, by permanently severing six kinds of fetters, two kinds, four kinds, and seven kinds of fruit-benefits are established, as the sūtras explain at length.
又若略說,由能永斷六種結故,當知建立二種、四種及以七種諸果勝利。如經廣說。
Further, in brief, one should know that, by permanently severing six kinds of fetters, two kinds, four kinds, and seven kinds of fruit-benefits are established, as the sūtras explain at length.
This opens severing the six fetters and gaining the fruit-benefits (丑二能斷六結得諸果利3), beginning with marking the sūtras' words (寅一標經說) — relying on this mindfulness to attain concentration, and within concentration cultivating insight into impermanence, suffering, emptiness, no-self, and the four noble truths, one permanently severs six kinds of affliction. Master Cháng Bǎi sums up the two results of this practice: equipoise without gaps or lacks, and the benefits of the noble fruits from the first fruit up to arhatship.
231. Section: Explaining the Six Fetters
What are the six fetters? They are the two fetters according with the lower portion and the upper portion, the two fetters severed by the path of seeing and by the path of cultivation, and the two fetters of the states of arising and of being born.
云何六結?謂順下分、上分二結,見道、修道所斷二結,若起、若生二分位結。
What are the six fetters? They are the two fetters according with the lower portion and the upper portion, the two fetters severed by the path of seeing and by the path of cultivation, and the two fetters of the states of arising and of being born.
This covers explaining the six fetters (寅二釋六結). The fetters according with the lower portion belong to the desire realm: the view of a real body, the grasping of precepts and vows, doubt, craving, and aversion. Those according with the upper portion belong to the form and formless realms: craving for form, craving for the formless, restlessness, conceit, and ignorance. Severed by the path of seeing are the 112 afflictions of view, the discriminated view of self; severed by the path of cultivation are the sixteen innate afflictions, whose complete severance realizes arhatship.
The two states, per the Yogācārabhūmi Commentary (瑜伽論記) as Master Cháng Bǎi follows it here, concern the non-returner before nirvāṇa: all affliction severed in the intermediate existence is called arising, and all affliction severed after taking birth is called being born.
232. Section: Correlating the Establishment
Thus, one should know, taken each apart, six kinds of fetters are stated in all; in their respective order, two kinds, four kinds, and seven kinds of fruit-benefits are established.
如是別別當知總說有六種結;如其次第,建立二種、四種、七種諸果勝利。
Thus, one should know, taken each apart, six kinds of fetters are stated in all; in their respective order, two kinds, four kinds, and seven kinds of fruit-benefits are established.
With this, correlating the establishment (寅三配建立) closes entirely, closing severing the six fetters and gaining the fruit-benefits (丑二能斷六結得諸果利3: 標經說/釋六結/配建立) entirely, closing result (子二果2: 能令等持無有間闕/能斷六結得諸果利) entirely. Per the 披尋記, permanently severing the lower and upper fetters establishes two fruits, the non-returner and the arhat. Permanently severing the two fetters of seeing and cultivation establishes four fruits, from stream-entry to arhat. Permanently severing the two fetters of the states of arising and being born establishes seven fruits: stream-entry, once-return, and the five kinds of non-returner, those attaining final nirvāṇa in the intermediate existence (中般涅槃), on being born (生般涅槃), without effort (無行般涅槃), with effort (有行般涅槃), and those going upstream (上流般涅槃), as distinguished in the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 26.
Master Cháng Bǎi notes that the 披尋記 differs here from the Yogācārabhūmi Commentary (瑜伽論記), which counts the seven as the three kinds of attainment in the intermediate existence, swift, not swift, and long-delayed, together with the remaining four kinds of non-returner. The Śrāvaka Ground compares the three to a spark that goes out as soon as it appears, one that goes out while flying up from the struck iron, and one that goes out as it falls, before touching the ground.
The companion sūtras are nos. 4 to 11 of the Mindfulness of Breathing Section in the 雜中. No. 4 teaches that this mindfulness severs thoughts and false discriminations, leaving equipoise without gaps. Nos. 5 to 11 replace this with not being shaken, great fruit, great benefit, the ultimate nectar, which is nirvāṇa, two fruits, four fruits, and seven fruits, respectively.
233. Section: Desire Begins — Marking and Listing the Two Kinds
Further, the differences in cultivating mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath are, briefly, of two kinds: first, surpassable; second, unsurpassed.
復次,入出息念修習差別,略有二種。一者、有上,二者、無上。
Further, the differences in cultivating mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath are, briefly, of two kinds: first, surpassable; second, unsurpassed.
This opens desire (子三欲2), the third of the long-form explanation's eight matters, named by the verse's second phrase, the wholesome desire for this practice, beginning with marking and listing the two kinds (丑一標列二種) — cultivating worldly concentration on the basis of the in-breath and out-breath is called surpassable; cultivating the transcendent noble path on that basis is called unsurpassed.
234. Section: Explaining the Distinctions in Sequence Begins — The Surpassable Begins — Bringing Forth the Contemplation
The surpassable means this: there is someone who, staying alone in a quiet, empty place, with a still and concentrated mind, contemplates in accordance with principle: "The life-faculty is tied to the in-breath and out-breath. If after the in-breath I had no out-breath, or after the out-breath no in-breath, the life-faculty would at once be cut off. Yet within the aspect of impermanence there is this marvelous matter: when the in-breath has ceased, my life-faculty remains, and I go on to reach the time when the out-breath arises; when the out-breath has ceased, my life-faculty remains, and I go on to reach the time when the in-breath arises."
其有上者,謂如有一,獨處空閑,以靜定心如理觀察:命根繫屬入息出息。若我於入息後無有出息,或出息後無入息者,如是命根即應斷滅。而於無常行中,有希奇事。入息滅已,我命根住,乃復得至出息生時。出息滅已,我命根住,乃復得至入息生時。
The surpassable means this: there is someone who, staying alone in a quiet, empty place, with a still and concentrated mind, contemplates in accordance with principle: "The life-faculty is tied to the in-breath and out-breath. If after the in-breath I had no out-breath, or after the out-breath no in-breath, the life-faculty would at once be cut off. Yet within the aspect of impermanence there is this marvelous matter: when the in-breath has ceased, my life-faculty remains, and I go on to reach the time when the out-breath arises; when the out-breath has ceased, my life-faculty remains, and I go on to reach the time when the in-breath arises."
This opens explaining the distinctions in sequence (丑二隨釋差別2), beginning with the surpassable (寅一有上2), beginning with bringing forth the contemplation (卯一出觀察) — this practitioner, having right mindfulness of impermanence, cultivates diligently. Life is impermanent and so is the breath, yet the life-faculty remains from one breath to the next. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that one who reflects on this often will be diligent, because when a breath does not come, this life is over.
235. Section: Clarifying the Cultivation
Because they take such a matter as their object, they are deeply disenchanted, and they purify their mind of the craving and aversion aroused toward the objects of the three times. This is called surpassable.
彼由攀緣如是事故,深心厭離,於三世境所發愛恚淨修其心,是名有上。
Because they take such a matter as their object, they are deeply disenchanted, and they purify their mind of the craving and aversion aroused toward the objects of the three times. This is called surpassable.
With this, clarifying the cultivation (卯二明修習) closes entirely, closing the surpassable (寅一有上2: 出觀察/明修習) entirely — from the depths of the mind the practitioner turns away from the objects of past, present, and future, and by this mindfulness restrains the craving and aversion that arise toward forms, sounds, smells, tastes, and touches, so that they do not become active. Relying on this, one can gain worldly concentration, from the first dhyāna to the third.
236. Section: The Unsurpassed
Cultivation by the sixteen modes, one should know, is unsurpassed.
十六行修,當知無上。
Cultivation by the sixteen modes, one should know, is unsurpassed.
With this, the unsurpassed (寅二無上) closes entirely, closing explaining the distinctions in sequence (丑二隨釋差別2: 有上/無上) entirely, closing desire (子三欲2: 標列二種/隨釋差別) entirely — the sixteen excellent practices can realize the first fruit and finally bring the fourth fruit to complete accomplishment.
In one companion sūtra, the monk Ariṣṭa (阿梨瑟吒) tells the Buddha that he has no longing for past aggregates, no delight in future formations, and no attachment to present ones, and that he has subdued perceptions of craving and aversion. The Buddha goes on to teach that true mindfulness of the breath observes the arising and ceasing of the breath in walking, standing, sitting, and lying down, which is the sixteen-fold practice. In another, the Buddha points out to the monks the monk Kapphiṇa (罽賓那, also 摩訶劫賓那), sitting upright in the Andha Forest (安陀林), mind and body straight, intent on the sixteen practices, and urges them to learn from his wholesome desire: one so trained until it is thoroughly familiar attains it at will, without added effort.
237. Section: The Subtle Begins — Called Subtle Abiding
Further, because such mindfulness of the in-breath and out-breath, abiding, takes subtle wind-form as its object, it is called subtle abiding.
復次,如是入息出息念住,緣細風色為境界故,名微細住。
Further, because such mindfulness of the in-breath and out-breath, abiding, takes subtle wind-form as its object, it is called subtle abiding.
This opens the subtle (子四細3), the fourth of the long-form explanation's eight matters, named by the verse's second phrase, beginning with called subtle abiding (丑一名微細住) — wind is a kind of form, called wind-form, and in this mindfulness the mind, without affliction, takes that subtle form as its object.
Master Cháng Bǎi cites Great Master Zhìyǐ (智者大師) in the 釋禪波羅蜜, who names four marks of breath: wind, panting, air, and breath proper. The first has sound in the nose; the second is silent but blocked; the third is neither, but not fine; the fourth is soundless, unblocked, unhurried, and continuous, and it alone is the well-regulated breath, most suited to seated meditation.
238. Section: Called Not Flowing Out and Scattering
Because it is cut off from all scattered investigation and reflection, it is called not flowing out and scattering.
隔絕一切亂尋伺故,名不流散。
Because it is cut off from all scattered investigation and reflection, it is called not flowing out and scattering.
This covers called not flowing out and scattering (丑二名不流散) — while rightly cultivating, the mind is cut off from all confused thoughts of desire, aversion, and harm, and does not reach out to the objects of the five desires.
239. Section: Called Unsubduable
Because it gives rise to the vast, sublime pliancy of body and mind, it is called unsubduable.
發生廣大身心所有妙輕安故,名不可伏。
Because it gives rise to the vast, sublime pliancy of body and mind, it is called unsubduable.
With this, called unsubduable (丑三名不可伏) closes entirely, closing the subtle (子四細3: 名微細住/名不流散/名不可伏) entirely — when the mind is quiet and pure, one feels the subtle ease and pleasure of pliancy throughout body and mind, and Master Cháng Bǎi says this comes about naturally.
In the companion sūtra, the Buddha spends two months in seated meditation, seen only by the monk bringing food and at the half-monthly recitation. On emerging he tells the monks that if outsiders ask how the renunciant Gautama sat during those two months, they should say he sat in mindfulness of the breath, the sixteen excellent practices. Having known these, he reflected that this was still a coarse abiding in thought, and he stilled it and abode in a subtler one. Three devas came after midnight: the first said the renunciant Gautama had entered concentration; the second, that he had gone further into the brahmā abiding or the deva abiding; the third, that he had entered the noble abiding.
Master Cháng Bǎi glosses the terms. The noble abiding (聖住) is the three samādhis of emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness, or the concentration of cessation; the deva abiding (天住) is the four dhyānas and four formless attainments; the brahmā abiding (梵住) is the four immeasurable minds. The trainee's abiding, the abiding of one beyond training, and the Tathāgata's abiding are also named. Breath grows finer as the mind grows quieter, and by this practice one can abide in all of these.
240. Section: Bodily Weariness Begins — Keeping the Body from Weariness
Further, cultivating such mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath keeps the body from weariness, because it is well able to dispel the secondary afflictions of the class of calm-abiding.
復次,修習如是入出息念,令身無勞,善能除遣奢摩他品隨煩惱故。
Further, cultivating such mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath keeps the body from weariness, because it is well able to dispel the secondary afflictions of the class of calm-abiding.
This opens bodily weariness (子五身勞5), the fifth of the long-form explanation's eight matters, named by the verse's second phrase, which gives five merits of this practice, beginning with keeping the body from weariness (丑一令身無勞) — it dispels the laziness, torpor, sleepiness, and other secondary afflictions of the class of calm-abiding.
241. Section: Keeping the Eye from Weariness
It keeps the eye from weariness, because it is well able to dispel the secondary afflictions of the class of insight.
令眼無勞,善能除遣毗鉢舍那品隨煩惱故。
It keeps the eye from weariness, because it is well able to dispel the secondary afflictions of the class of insight.
This covers keeping the eye from weariness (丑二令眼無勞) — Master Cháng Bǎi explains that this eye is not the eye of flesh but the wisdom eye, the mind, which does not tire once the restlessness, regret, and other secondary afflictions of the class of insight are dispelled. When calm-abiding is accomplished the body does not tire, and when insight is accomplished the mind does not tire.
242. Section: Called Continuous Observation
Because one continuously observes the bliss of nirvāṇa, it is called the bliss of continuous observation.
由隨觀察涅槃樂故,名隨觀樂。
Because one continuously observes the bliss of nirvāṇa, it is called the bliss of continuous observation.
This covers called continuous observation (丑三名隨觀察) — one follows and observes that nirvāṇa alone permanently severs all suffering and attains the bliss of the ultimate meaning. Master Cháng Bǎi cites the Grounds with Investigation and Reflection and the Rest, fascicle 4: in the uncontaminated realm all gross heaviness and suffering are permanently severed, and so this alone is the bliss of the ultimate meaning, the rest being suffering. Ordinary people, not understanding nirvāṇa, fear it; the noble ones observe this bliss and do not.
243. Section: Called the Bliss of Experiencing
Because one follows and experiences the bliss of the ground of the third dhyāna, it is called the bliss of experiencing.
由隨領受第三靜慮地中樂故,名領受樂。
Because one follows and experiences the bliss of the ground of the third dhyāna, it is called the bliss of experiencing.
This covers called the bliss of experiencing (丑四名領受樂) — by worldly practice, one experiences in the third dhyāna the sublime bliss apart from joy, the most excellent pleasure within the three realms.
244. Section: Called Abiding in Ease
Because one abides undefiled, and because one is without fear, it is called abiding in ease.
無染住故,無恐畏故,名安樂住。
Because one abides undefiled, and because one is without fear, it is called abiding in ease.
With this, called abiding in ease (丑五名安樂住) closes entirely, closing bodily weariness (子五身勞5: 令身無勞/令眼無勞/名隨觀察/名領受樂/名安樂住) entirely — realizing the transcendent noble path, one has severed the seeds of craving, aversion, and delusion and so abides undefiled; having severed the grasping of a self, the mind is without fear.
One companion sūtra teaches that much cultivation of this mindfulness brings the body no weariness and the eye no trouble, that one abides observing nirvāṇa, experiences the bliss of the third dhyāna, and abides undefiled and fearless, gaining great fruit and great benefit; whoever seeks the first dhyāna and those above it, the first three fruits, or the supernormal powers should rely on it. Another teaches that the Buddhas of the three times, like the monks at present, cultivate this mindfulness to sever thoughts. There the elder monks gather the young monks under their guidance, and the Buddha is pleased; those with attainments who seek further should cultivate these sixteen practices.
245. Section: The Trainee's Abiding Begins — Abiding Without Difference
Further, it is possible that someone may think: "The Tathāgata and that most inferior one who has attained the arhat fruit, liberated by wisdom, are without difference." That is, thinking this in terms of liberation: "The Tathāgata's liberation and the liberation of an arhat liberated by wisdom are without difference."
復次,容有是處,或有一人作如是念:如來與彼最極下劣得慧解脫阿羅漢果無有差別。謂依解脫作是思惟:如來解脫與慧解脫阿羅漢果所有解脫無有差別。
Further, it is possible that someone may think: "The Tathāgata and that most inferior one who has attained the arhat fruit, liberated by wisdom, are without difference." That is, thinking this in terms of liberation: "The Tathāgata's liberation and the liberation of an arhat liberated by wisdom are without difference."
This opens the trainee's abiding (子六學住2), the sixth of the long-form explanation's eight matters, named by the verse's third phrase "the trainee's abiding and attention" (學住及作意), beginning with abiding without difference (丑一住無差別) — the most inferior here is one without the concentration of cessation, who may have relied on the preliminary stage of concentration to reach arhatship liberated by wisdom. Such a person's thought is based on liberation from birth and death, since neither will revolve in it again.
246. Section: Abiding With Difference Begins — Raising the Thought
Could there further be someone who thinks: "The Tathāgata has the abiding free of the hindrances. Those within the inner dharma who are most inferior, whether trainees or ordinary beings, by the power of diligence abide having suppressed and severed the five hindrances, and this is called abiding free of the hindrances. Are this abiding free of the hindrances and that abiding free of the hindrances without difference, as with liberation, or do they differ?"
頗復有人作如是念:如來所有離諸蓋住;居內法中最極下劣若諸有學、若諸異生,由精進力,於其五蓋伏斷而住,名離蓋住。此離蓋住、彼離蓋住,為如解脫無有差別,為有差別?
Could there further be someone who thinks: "The Tathāgata has the abiding free of the hindrances. Those within the inner dharma who are most inferior, whether trainees or ordinary beings, by the power of diligence abide having suppressed and severed the five hindrances, and this is called abiding free of the hindrances. Are this abiding free of the hindrances and that abiding free of the hindrances without difference, as with liberation, or do they differ?"
This opens abiding with difference (丑二住有差別2), beginning with raising the thought (寅一舉作念) — the Buddha, with his inconceivable concentrations, abides apart from all the hindrances; those who train in the worldly and transcendent paths abide with the hindrances suppressed and severed. The question is whether the two are alike or not.
247. Section: Showing the Right Meaning Begins — Marking the Difference
One should know that these two abidings free of the hindrances differ very greatly.
應知如是二離蓋住,極大差別。
One should know that these two abidings free of the hindrances differ very greatly.
This opens showing the right meaning (寅二顯正義2), beginning with marking the difference (卯一標差別).
248. Section: Explaining Their Marks Begins — The Trainee
That is, though with respect to active manifestation the trainees' mind abiding free of the hindrances is equal to the Tathāgata's, yet because their latent tendencies are not yet permanently severed, the hindrances again and again interrupt the continuum of the mind, and again and again they apply attention and strive to dispel them.
謂諸有學,雖現行故,離蓋住心與如來等。然彼隨眠未永斷故,諸蓋數數間心相續,數數作意勵力除遣。
That is, though with respect to active manifestation the trainees' mind abiding free of the hindrances is equal to the Tathāgata's, yet because their latent tendencies are not yet permanently severed, the hindrances again and again interrupt the continuum of the mind, and again and again they apply attention and strive to dispel them.
This opens explaining their marks (卯二釋彼相2), beginning with the trainee (辰一有學). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that trainees can suppress the five hindrances and abide apart from them, their pure mind then being the same as the Tathāgata's; but the seeds of the innate afflictions are not yet severed, so with conditions the hindrances return, breaking the continuity of pure mind, and they must apply principled attention and exert themselves each time.
249. Section: The Tathāgata
Because the Tathāgata's hindrances are finally severed, he abides free of the hindrances. This and their abiding free of the hindrances differ very greatly; it is not as with liberation, where there is no difference.
如來諸蓋畢竟斷故,離諸蓋住。與彼所有離諸蓋住,極大差別,非如解脫無有差別。
Because the Tathāgata's hindrances are finally severed, he abides free of the hindrances. This and their abiding free of the hindrances differ very greatly; it is not as with liberation, where there is no difference.
With this, the Tathāgata (辰二如來) closes entirely, closing explaining their marks (卯二釋彼相2: 有學/如來) entirely, closing showing the right meaning (寅二顯正義2: 標差別/釋彼相) entirely, closing abiding with difference (丑二住有差別2: 舉作念/顯正義) entirely, closing the trainee's abiding (子六學住2: 住無差別/住有差別) entirely — the Buddha's seeds of the five hindrances are finally ended and their habitual residue as well, and he abides apart from them spontaneously; the trainees' seeds remain, and they must make effort. Master Cháng Bǎi adds that even an arhat, though liberated from the afflictions of craving and view, retains habitual residue, while the Buddha has neither.
In the companion sūtra, Mahānāma (摩訶男) asks the Venerable Jiāmó (迦磨) whether the trainee's abiding and the Tathāgata's abiding are the same in severing the five hindrances. He answers that the trainee severs their active manifestation and abides much of the time free of them, while the Buddha has extinguished their seeds, like a palmyra palm with its crown cut off, which does not grow now and will not grow again; the two are not the same.
250. Section: Attention Begins — Bringing Forth the Basis Begins — Being Able to Know
Further, a practitioner of yoga, taking mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath as the support, and taking as the basis the principled attention with which the four foundations of mindfulness are cultivated, truly knows, of whatever unprincipled attention is within the mind and not yet severed, that it is unprincipled; and truly knows, of whatever principled attention is within, that it is principled.
復次,修瑜伽師,入出息念為所依止,修四念住如理作意以為依止,於諸未斷內心所有非理作意,如實了知是為非理;於內所有如理作意,如實了知是為如理。
Further, a practitioner of yoga, taking mindfulness of in-breath and out-breath as the support, and taking as the basis the principled attention with which the four foundations of mindfulness are cultivated, truly knows, of whatever unprincipled attention is within the mind and not yet severed, that it is unprincipled; and truly knows, of whatever principled attention is within, that it is principled.
This opens attention (子七作意2), the seventh of the long-form explanation's eight matters, named by the verse's third phrase, beginning with bringing forth the basis (丑一出依止2), beginning with being able to know (寅一能了知). Master Cháng Bǎi reads this as follows: in cultivating the in-breath and out-breath the practitioner takes right mindfulness as the basis, and in cultivating the foundations of body, feeling, mind, and dharmas takes principled attention as the basis. Whichever kind of attention arises, it is truly known for what it is.
251. Section: In Order to Sever Permanently
Having known this, they keep entirely far from whatever unprincipled attention is within, and entirely cultivate whatever principled attention is within, in order to cause the former to be permanently severed and extinguished.
既了知已,於內所有非理作意,一向遠離;於內所有如理作意,一向修習。為欲令彼永斷滅故。
Having known this, they keep entirely far from whatever unprincipled attention is within, and entirely cultivate whatever principled attention is within, in order to cause the former to be permanently severed and extinguished.
With this, in order to sever permanently (寅二為永斷) closes entirely, closing bringing forth the basis (丑一出依止2: 能了知/為永斷) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that self and others are only the gathering of form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, with no self or being in them, and a self and beings are merely designated upon the aggregates. Thoughts of harm and the like toward oneself and toward beings dear or not dear, resting on what is only designated, are unprincipled attention; reflecting on the true principles the Buddha taught, that the five aggregates are impermanent, suffering, empty, without self, and dependently arisen, is principled.
252. Section: Raising the Simile Begins — Unprincipled Attention
Further, here, the four dharmas, body and the rest, are like four great roads. Unprincipled attention is like a mound of dust and earth, because it is not firm, because it is not real, and because it confuses the mind.
又於此中,身等四法如四大路。非理作意如塵土丘,不堅牢故,不真實故,迷亂心故。
Further, here, the four dharmas, body and the rest, are like four great roads. Unprincipled attention is like a mound of dust and earth, because it is not firm, because it is not real, and because it confuses the mind.
This opens raising the simile (丑二舉譬喻2), beginning with unprincipled attention (寅一非理作意) — in cultivating the four foundations, the body, feeling, mind, and dharmas are like the four great roads of east, south, west, and north. Unprincipled attention is like a mound of dust, neither stable nor true, and it confuses the practitioner's mind on the path.
253. Section: Principled Attention
Principled attention is like carriages, carts, and wagons coming from the four directions: operating through the gates of the four objects, body and the rest, it is able to destroy that unprincipled attention which is like a mound of dust and earth, and it also makes the entire continuum pure.
如理作意如四方來輿乘車輦,緣身等四境界門轉,能損害彼如塵土丘非理作意,亦令一切相續清淨。
Principled attention is like carriages, carts, and wagons coming from the four directions: operating through the gates of the four objects, body and the rest, it is able to destroy that unprincipled attention which is like a mound of dust and earth, and it also makes the entire continuum pure.
With this, principled attention (寅二如理作意) closes entirely, closing raising the simile (丑二舉譬喻2: 非理作意/如理作意) entirely, closing attention (子七作意2: 出依止/舉譬喻) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi applies the simile: observing the body as impure, feeling as suffering, mind as impermanent, and dharmas as without self, principled attention scatters the mound as carriages would, and body, feeling, mind, and dharmas become wholly pure in their continuum.
In the companion sūtra, the Buddha tells the monks that, as carriages coming from the four directions trample and break up a mound of earth at a crossroads, so one who rightly observes the four foundations, knowing truly and reflecting well within, extinguishes and casts off the craving and distress of unprincipled attention. This is called a monk's diligent practice of the four foundations of mindfulness.
254. Section: Wisdom and Non-Grasping Begins — Bringing Forth No-Self Begins — The General Marking
Further, those who diligently cultivate mindfulness of breathing, by rightly cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, are, because of the equality of no-self, equal and equal.
復次,精勤修習諸息念者,由正修習四種念住,無我等故,平等平等。
Further, those who diligently cultivate mindfulness of breathing, by rightly cultivating the four foundations of mindfulness, are, because of the equality of no-self, equal and equal.
This opens wisdom and non-grasping (子八智無執2), the eighth and last of the long-form explanation's eight matters, named by the verse's fourth phrase "wisdom and non-grasping coming last" (智無執為後), beginning with bringing forth no-self (丑一出無我2), beginning with the general marking (寅一總標).
Per the 披尋記, it was said before that a practitioner of yoga, attending in accordance with principle to the six inner faculties and diligently practicing the four foundations of mindfulness, at that time experiences by these foundations the six objects as fields of activity, and that this, being pure, is called emergence. From this one should know that there is no separate inner self experiencing the fields of the six faculties. Each faculty-gate experiences its own field and there is no self, and in this meaning they are equal; this is called the equality of no-self. Penetrating the principle of truth and not giving rise to the discrimination of what takes an object and what is taken as object is called equal and equal. Master Cháng Bǎi adds that the observing mind and the observed object are both without self.
255. Section: Explaining Separately Begins — Citing the Cultivation of the Foundation of Mindfulness of the Body
The principled attention that takes the body as its object is of the body's own kind. Just as the body is without self, so too is attention. Therefore it is said to be one portion of the body. One who is able to cultivate such a foundation of mindfulness of the body cannot be found at all.
是身種類,能取於身如理作意。如身無我,作意亦爾。是故說彼為身一分。能修如是身念住者,都不可得。
The principled attention that takes the body as its object is of the body's own kind. Just as the body is without self, so too is attention. Therefore it is said to be one portion of the body. One who is able to cultivate such a foundation of mindfulness of the body cannot be found at all.
This opens explaining separately (寅二別釋2), beginning with citing the cultivation of the foundation of mindfulness of the body (卯一舉修身念住). Per the 披尋記, principled attention is able to take the body as object, and for this reason it is said to be of the body's kind, one portion of the body. As the body by its own nature is not a self, and is said to have no self, so attention by its own nature is not a self. Apart from these dharmas alone there is no separate real self, and therefore it is said that one who is able to cultivate this foundation cannot be found at all.
Master Cháng Bǎi cites the Yogācārabhūmi Commentary (瑜伽論記): this is observing dharmas by dharmas. What observes is a mental dharma; what is observed is also dharma. Principled attention itself arises only from the gathering of conditions, such as attending on good people and hearing the true dharma, and so it too is not a self.
256. Section: Extending the Case to Cultivating the Remaining Foundations of Mindfulness
As with the foundation of mindfulness of the body, and so on at length up to cultivating the foundation of mindfulness of dharmas, one should know that it is likewise so.
如身念住,廣說乃至修法念住,當知亦爾。
As with the foundation of mindfulness of the body, and so on at length up to cultivating the foundation of mindfulness of dharmas, one should know that it is likewise so.
With this, extending the case to cultivating the remaining foundations of mindfulness (卯二例修餘念住) closes entirely, closing explaining separately (寅二別釋2: 舉修身念住/例修餘念住) entirely, closing bringing forth no-self (丑一出無我2: 總標/別釋) entirely — feeling, mind, and dharmas as objects are without self, and the principled attention taking them as object is without self, so that there is no grasping of a self who cultivates the four foundations.
257. Section: Concluding Non-Grasping
Such teaching of the Buddhas on cultivating the foundations of mindfulness is entirely absent from the outsiders' dharmas; therefore this teaching on cultivating the foundations of mindfulness is called "not held by any outsider."
如是諸佛修念住教,外道法中皆無所有,是故說此修念住教,名非一切外道所執。
Such teaching of the Buddhas on cultivating the foundations of mindfulness is entirely absent from the outsiders' dharmas; therefore this teaching on cultivating the foundations of mindfulness is called "not held by any outsider."
With this, concluding non-grasping (丑二結無執) closes entirely, closing wisdom and non-grasping (子八智無執2: 出無我/結無執) entirely, closing the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋8: 障隨惑尋等/果/欲/細/身勞/學住/作意/智無執) entirely, closing the embrace of mindfulness of breathing (壬七息念攝2: 頌標列/長行釋), the seventh of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics, entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that outsiders do not teach no-self: they hold that a self practices and a self attains, and on this basis give rise to views of permanence, of annihilation, and the sixty-two views. What all Buddhas teach accords with no-self, and this differs from the outsiders' realm.
One companion sūtra teaches that the five aggregates, though a mass of suffering, are not a self, and that by this mindfulness, abiding in the true dharma and going on to penetrate no-self, one reaches final liberation and the stilling of all suffering. No. 17 of the Mindfulness of Breathing Section in the 雜中, Ānanda's question, teaches that much cultivation of this one dharma completes the four foundations of mindfulness, the seven factors of enlightenment, and the three knowledges and two liberations: the foundations by the sixteen practices, the factors of enlightenment from the foundations, beginning with mindfulness, and the knowledges and liberations from the factors, each relying on seclusion, on freedom from desire, on cessation, and turning toward equanimity.
Dharma brings forth like dharma, the sūtra says, and when one is accomplished the others follow; these thirteen dharmas all have this mindfulness as their dominant dharma and their entry. No. 18 gives the same with a certain monk as questioner, and no. 19 with the Buddha questioning the monks.
258. Section: The Embrace of Training Begins — The Verse Marking and Listing
Further, a summary verse says:
復次,嗢柁南曰:
Further, a summary verse says:
This opens the embrace of training (壬八學攝2), the eighth of the factors of enlightenment's nine great topics, named by the general summary verse's fourth line "training" (學證淨為後), which explains the three trainings of precepts, concentration, and wisdom, beginning with the verse marking and listing (癸一頌標列). Master Cháng Bǎi calls the three trainings the general framework of the Buddha's dharma: whichever of the three vehicles one would accomplish, one must go by way of them.
259. Section: The Verse's Five Matters
First, revering śīla; the completeness of pure precepts; manifest conduct; the benefits of training; the distinctions of training coming last.
初尊重尸羅 清淨戒圓滿 現行學勝利 學差別為後
First, revering śīla; the completeness of pure precepts; manifest conduct; the benefits of training; the distinctions of training coming last.
With this, the verse marking and listing (癸一頌標列) closes entirely — five matters unfold in the long-form explanation. First, revering śīla (初尊重尸羅): the practitioner should first revere the right precepts the Buddha established, and Master Cháng Bǎi cites the Avataṃsaka Sūtra, which calls precepts the root of unsurpassed awakening. Second, the completeness of pure precepts: the definitions of the completeness of pure precepts, of wholesome dharmas, and of individual liberation. Third, manifest conduct: the conduct of body and speech, both what is to be done and what is to be refrained from, gathered under dominant conduct, dominant discipline, and dominant individual liberation. Fourth, the benefits of the three trainings. Fifth, the distinctions among the trainings of precepts, mind, and wisdom.
260. Section: The Long-Form Explanation Begins — Revering Śīla Begins — Pointing to the Marks of Training
Training is of three kinds: the heightened training in precepts, the heightened training in mind, and the heightened training in wisdom. The distinctions by which these three trainings are established should be known in their marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
學有三種,謂增上戒學、增上心學、增上慧學。建立如是三學差別,如聲聞地應知其相。
Training is of three kinds: the heightened training in precepts, the heightened training in mind, and the heightened training in wisdom. The distinctions by which these three trainings are established should be known in their marks as in the Śrāvaka Ground.
This opens the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋5), a fivefold structure matching the verse's five matters, beginning with revering śīla (子一尊重尸羅3), beginning with pointing to the marks of training (丑一指學相). Per the 披尋記, abiding endowed with precepts and the rest is called the heightened training in precepts; abiding in the four dhyānas and the rest, the heightened training in mind; true knowledge and vision of the four noble truths and the rest, the heightened training in wisdom. The meaning should be known as said in the Śrāvaka Ground, which Master Cháng Bǎi locates in fascicle 28.
Master Cháng Bǎi explains dominant (增上) as having two senses: what one moves toward, and the most excellent. Precepts move one toward concentration and are not shared with those of ordinary people and outsiders; concentration, with torpor, sleepiness, restlessness, and regret absent, moves one toward wisdom and true knowledge and vision; and wisdom, free of the outsiders' view of self, helps liberate one from affliction and purifies body and mind.
He points to the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 22, on abiding endowed with precepts; the Ground of Concentrated Cultivation, fascicles 11 and 12, on the four dhyānas; and the Śrāvaka Ground, fascicle 34, on the four noble truths.
261. Section: Distinguishing What Should Be Known Begins — Generally Marking the Two Kinds of Practice
Further, in brief, among these things to be trained in, all wrong practice should be rightly known, and all right practice should be rightly known.
又略於此諸所學中,所有邪行應正了知,所有正行應正了知。
Further, in brief, among these things to be trained in, all wrong practice should be rightly known, and all right practice should be rightly known.
This opens distinguishing what should be known (丑二辨應知3), the second of revering śīla's three matters, beginning with generally marking the two kinds of practice (寅一總標二行) — within the three trainings of precepts, concentration, and wisdom, some practice is mistaken and some is right; distinguishing them clearly, so as not to take the wrong road, is itself something to be trained in.
262. Section: Separately Explaining the Marks Begins — Wrong Practice Begins — Bringing Forth the Lack of Reverence Begins — Raising Pure Precepts
As for wrong practice: there is someone who, having no reverence for the precepts, goes forth in a casual way. Though having gone forth, this person does not take pure precepts as dominant.
言邪行者,謂如有一,不尊重戒,泛爾出家。雖復出家,不以淨戒為其增上。
As for wrong practice: there is someone who, having no reverence for the precepts, goes forth in a casual way. Though having gone forth, this person does not take pure precepts as dominant.
This opens separately explaining the marks (寅二別釋其相2), beginning with wrong practice (卯一邪行2), bringing forth the lack of reverence (辰一出不尊重2), and raising pure precepts (巳一舉於淨戒). Master Cháng Bǎi explains "casual" (泛爾) as drifting and unconsidered. This person goes forth without the right vow of renunciation or of enlightenment, having had no training in the precepts and no prior study of the Dharma, because another urged it and without wise deliberation.
He adds that this is only a point of reference, since the mind is impermanent: one who goes forth with a poor motive, and then diligently cultivates precepts, concentration, and wisdom, can still make it good.
263. Section: By Extension to Concentration and Wisdom
As with pure precepts, so one should know it is with concentration and with wisdom.
如於淨戒,於定、於慧,應知亦爾。
As with pure precepts, so one should know it is with concentration and with wisdom.
With this, by extension to concentration and wisdom (巳二例於定慧) closes entirely, closing bringing forth the lack of reverence (辰一出不尊重2: 舉於淨戒/例於定慧) entirely. One who cannot revere pure precepts or rely on them to advance will find it harder still to revere and understand the deeper concentration and wisdom. Pure precepts are the most basic of the three.
264. Section: Clarifying the Transgression
Such a person may well commit an offense without remainder, and of such a person the World-Honored One says that they are incapable of the realizations of the renunciant's fruits. Therefore one should know that such a person wholly transgresses all three trainings.
彼可容有犯無餘罪,於彼世尊說其於諸沙門果證為無能者。是故當知,彼於三學一向毀犯。
Such a person may well commit an offense without remainder, and of such a person the World-Honored One says that they are incapable of the realizations of the renunciant's fruits. Therefore one should know that such a person wholly transgresses all three trainings.
With this, clarifying the transgression (辰二明其毀犯) closes entirely, closing wrong practice (卯一邪行2: 出不尊重/明其毀犯) entirely. Per the 披尋記, the offense without remainder is explained below: the five classes of offense that embrace every offense are the class of defeat (他勝), the class of the remainder (眾餘), the class of downfall (隕墜), the class of individual confession (別悔), and the class of wrongdoing (惡作). The four other classes are called offenses with remainder; the class of defeat is called the offense without remainder.
Master Cháng Bǎi explains that one who has never trained in the precepts easily commits this gravest offense, for which no place remains in the assembly. In the śrāvaka teaching it cannot be repented, and such a person has no capacity in this life for any of the four fruits. Committing a root offense therefore amounts to transgressing precepts, concentration, and wisdom together. Fascicles 99 and 100 take this up at length.
265. Section: Right Practice Begins — Marking and Listing the Three Kinds
As for right practice, there are three right practices: lower, middle, and upper.
言正行者,有三正行,謂下中上。
As for right practice, there are three right practices: lower, middle, and upper.
This opens right practice (卯二正行2), beginning with marking and listing the three kinds (辰一標列三種).
266. Section: Separately Explaining the Marks Begins — Lower Right Practice Begins — Distinguishing Reverence Begins — Reverence for Pure Precepts
As for lower right practice: there is someone who reveres pure precepts and also takes pure precepts as dominant, the opposite of what was said before.
下正行者,謂如有一,尊重淨戒,亦以淨戒為其增上,與前相違。
As for lower right practice: there is someone who reveres pure precepts and also takes pure precepts as dominant, the opposite of what was said before.
This opens separately explaining the marks (辰二別釋其相3), beginning with lower right practice (巳一下正行2), distinguishing reverence (午一辨尊重2), and reverence for pure precepts (未一尊重淨戒). This practitioner reveres the pure precepts the Buddha laid down and strives to keep them, in contrast with the wrong practitioner above.
267. Section: Not Revering Concentration and Wisdom
Toward concentration and toward wisdom, this person gives rise to no reverence and does not take them as dominant.
於定、於慧不生尊重,不為增上。
Toward concentration and toward wisdom, this person gives rise to no reverence and does not take them as dominant.
With this, not revering concentration and wisdom (未二非重定慧) closes entirely, closing distinguishing reverence (午一辨尊重2: 尊重淨戒/非重定慧) entirely.
268. Section: Clarifying the Transgression
Such a person cannot commit an offense without remainder, yet may commit lesser and minor offenses. Of such a person the Tathāgata does not say that they are incapable of the realizations of the renunciant's fruits.
此不容有犯無餘罪,而容有犯小隨小罪。於此如來不說其於沙門果證為無能者。
Such a person cannot commit an offense without remainder, yet may commit lesser and minor offenses. Of such a person the Tathāgata does not say that they are incapable of the realizations of the renunciant's fruits.
With this, clarifying the transgression (午二明毀犯) closes entirely, closing lower right practice (巳一下正行2: 辨尊重/明毀犯) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the lesser and minor offenses include such things as wrongdoing (惡作). The Buddha does not say that this person cannot reach the four fruits, for pure keeping of the precepts leads on, stage by stage, to nirvāṇa.
269. Section: Middle Right Practice Begins — Distinguishing Reverence
As for middle right practice: one reveres both precepts and concentration, and also takes them as dominant.
中正行者,謂於戒定皆悉尊重,亦為增上。
As for middle right practice: one reveres both precepts and concentration, and also takes them as dominant.
This opens middle right practice (巳二中正行3), beginning with distinguishing reverence (午一辨尊重).
270. Section: Clarifying the Transgression
As with reverence for the precepts, the order of transgression is likewise here.
如尊重戒,毀犯次第,此中亦爾。
As with reverence for the precepts, the order of transgression is likewise here.
This covers clarifying the transgression (午二明毀犯). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the pattern is the same as for lower right practice: root offenses are not committed, and lesser and minor ones may be. Because these can be restored to purity through repentance, the Tathāgata does not say that such a person cannot realize the noble fruits.
271. Section: Concluding the Boundary
Therefore one should know that this reaches as far as every stage of the ordinary being.
是故當知,乃至所有諸異生位。
Therefore one should know that this reaches as far as every stage of the ordinary being.
With this, concluding the boundary (午三結邊際) closes entirely, closing middle right practice (巳二中正行3: 辨尊重/明毀犯/結邊際) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that lower and middle right practice both belong to practitioners at the stage of the ordinary being.
272. Section: Upper Right Practice Begins — Distinguishing Reverence
As for upper right practice: one has already seen the truths, and reveres all three trainings.
上正行者,謂已見諦,於三種學皆悉尊重。
As for upper right practice: one has already seen the truths, and reveres all three trainings.
This opens upper right practice (巳三上正行2), beginning with distinguishing reverence (午一辨尊重). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that this practitioner is a noble one of the first fruit or above, who has realized non-discriminating wisdom. Those who have not yet seen the truths should train in the same way, since the three trainings are equally important.
273. Section: Bringing Forth the Absence of Transgression
Such a person has already attained the realization of a renunciant's fruit, and there is no need to weigh whether they are capable or incapable.
此已獲得沙門果證,不待思擇有能、無能。
Such a person has already attained the realization of a renunciant's fruit, and there is no need to weigh whether they are capable or incapable.
With this, bringing forth the absence of transgression (午二出無犯) closes entirely, closing upper right practice (巳三上正行2: 辨尊重/出無犯) entirely, closing separately explaining the marks (辰二別釋其相3: 下正行/中正行/上正行) entirely, closing right practice (卯二正行2: 標列三種/別釋其相) entirely, closing separately explaining the marks (寅二別釋其相2: 邪行/正行) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that what this person has accomplished is the precepts that accompany the path (道共戒), and so no transgression occurs.
274. Section: Concluding and Clarifying the Opening and Combining
In this way, the two practices open into four kinds, and these four kinds combine into the two practices. These two and these four are exactly equal.
如是二行開為四種,即此四種合為二行。此二與四平等平等。
In this way, the two practices open into four kinds, and these four kinds combine into the two practices. These two and these four are exactly equal.
With this, concluding and clarifying the opening and combining (寅三結明開合) closes entirely, closing distinguishing what should be known (丑二辨應知3: 總標二行/別釋其相/結明開合) entirely. Per the 披尋記, wrong practice and right practice are the two practices. Wrong practice is only one, and right practice has three, lower, middle, and upper, and these are the four kinds. Master Cháng Bǎi adds that the content is the same; only the opening and combining differ.
275. Section: Sifting What Is to Be Done
One should know that, here, where there is the training in concentration, there must be the training in precepts; where there is the training in wisdom, there must be the training in concentration; one who has the training in precepts does not necessarily have the training in concentration or the training in wisdom. If a yoga practitioner reveres all the trainings, one should know that this is called the completion of what is to be done; the others are called only a portion of what is to be done.
當知此中,若有定學,必有戒學;若有慧學,必有定學;有戒學者,不必定有定學、慧學。若瑜伽師尊重諸學,當知是名所作圓滿;其餘但名所作一分。
One should know that, here, where there is the training in concentration, there must be the training in precepts; where there is the training in wisdom, there must be the training in concentration; one who has the training in precepts does not necessarily have the training in concentration or the training in wisdom. If a yoga practitioner reveres all the trainings, one should know that this is called the completion of what is to be done; the others are called only a portion of what is to be done.
With this, sifting what is to be done (丑三簡所作) closes entirely, closing reverence for discipline (子一尊重尸羅3: 指學相/辨應知/簡所作) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that one with right concentration keeps the precepts purely, having the precepts that accompany concentration (定共戒), which arise together with the dhyānas and are accomplished only in a concentrated mind. The precepts of individual liberation, by contrast, are received through formal ordination and can be accomplished in an ordinary mind.
One with the wisdom of non-discrimination must have concentration, though its depth varies, since affliction is cut off by cultivating calm and insight within concentration. Keeping the precepts of individual liberation concerns only body and speech, and afflictions may still arise within, so precepts alone do not guarantee the other two. A practitioner of any of the three vehicles reveres all three trainings; one who attends to only one or two has done only a portion.
276. Section: Purified Precepts Perfected Begins — The First Meaning Begins — The Perfection of Pure Precepts
Further, because one is able to stay far from what is an offense by nature, one should know that this is called the perfection of pure precepts.
復次,於性罪處能遠離故,當知是名淨戒圓滿。
Further, because one is able to stay far from what is an offense by nature, one should know that this is called the perfection of pure precepts.
This opens purified precepts perfected (子二清淨戒圓滿2), the second phrase of the verse on the trainings, beginning with the first meaning (丑一第一義3) and the perfection of pure precepts (寅一淨戒圓滿). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that an offense by nature (性罪) is evil in its very nature, such as killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, and lying, and whoever commits it receives the result, whether or not the Buddha laid down a precept.
277. Section: The Perfection of Wholesome Dharmas
Toward all the wholesome dharmas that embrace pure precepts, such as closely guarding the doors of the faculties, one upholds them without interruption and they proceed in continuity; because of this, one should know that this is called the perfection of wholesome dharmas.
於能密護諸根門等攝受淨戒所有善法,無間受持相續轉故,當知是名善法圓滿。
Toward all the wholesome dharmas that embrace pure precepts, such as closely guarding the doors of the faculties, one upholds them without interruption and they proceed in continuity; because of this, one should know that this is called the perfection of wholesome dharmas.
This covers the perfection of wholesome dharmas (寅二善法圓滿). Per the 披尋記, "such as" takes in moderation in food and all the other wholesome dharmas. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that closely guarding the doors of the faculties means, when the six faculties meet the six objects, protecting the mind from chasing after them. The chief point is guarding the mental faculty, for the false discrimination of the sixth consciousness, and not the five outer faculties, is the root of offense. The rest includes wakeful yoga, abiding with right knowledge, drawing near good friends, and hearing the Dharma.
278. Section: The Perfection of Individual Liberation
Because one is able to stay far from what is a prohibited offense, one should know that this is called the perfection of individual liberation.
於遮罪處能遠離故,當知是名別解脫圓滿。
Because one is able to stay far from what is a prohibited offense, one should know that this is called the perfection of individual liberation.
With this, the perfection of individual liberation (寅三別解脫圓滿) closes entirely, closing the first meaning (丑一第一義3: 淨戒圓滿/善法圓滿/別解脫圓滿) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that a prohibited offense (遮罪) is not evil by nature. Liquor, for example, is not evil in itself, but the Buddha forbade it, because drinking leads on to breaking the precepts he laid down. To stay far from one such offense is to be freed in that one respect.
279. Section: The Second Meaning
Further, relying on the precepts the noble ones cherish, relying on the five kinds of skill in the aggregates and the rest, and relying on the restraint of individual liberation, upholding all the conventional prohibitions: respectively, one should know these as the distinctions of the second gate of the perfection of pure precepts and the rest.
又依聖所愛戒,若依蘊等五種善巧,及依別解脫律儀,受持世俗所有禁戒,隨其次第,應知淨戒圓滿等第二門差別。
Further, relying on the precepts the noble ones cherish, relying on the five kinds of skill in the aggregates and the rest, and relying on the restraint of individual liberation, upholding all the conventional prohibitions: respectively, one should know these as the distinctions of the second gate of the perfection of pure precepts and the rest.
With this, the second meaning (丑二第二義) closes entirely, closing purified precepts perfected (子二清淨戒圓滿2: 第一義/第二義) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that, respectively, the precepts the noble ones cherish are the perfection of pure precepts: having attained the path, the noble ones at once accomplish right speech, right action, and right livelihood, and with right knowledge they never commit bodily or verbal misconduct. The five skills, in the aggregates, sense-bases, elements, dependent origination, and what is and is not the case, are the perfection of wholesome dharmas. The precepts of individual liberation are the perfection of individual liberation. He matches these to the precepts that accompany the path, those that accompany concentration, and the precepts of individual liberation.
Companion sūtras follow. The precepts are likened to a firm city wall guarding the six faculties day and night, against which no enemy can enter. The heightened training in precepts, mind, and wisdom is then set out: abiding in the precepts, guarding individual liberation, perfect deportment and range of activity, seeing fear in the smallest offense, and taking up the training rules; leaving behind evil dharmas and attaining the four dhyānas; and truly knowing the four noble truths. Some have the heightened precepts without concentration or wisdom, and some have precepts and concentration without heightened wisdom.
Others link the trainings to the fruits. A monastic who stresses the precepts confesses each small fault at once and, cutting off the three fetters, reaches stream-entry, with at most seven births. One who stresses precepts and concentration cuts off the five lower fetters and reaches non-return. One who reveres all three is freed from the outflows of desire, existence, and ignorance, and knows that birth is ended. Master Cháng Bǎi explains the further grades these sūtras add, including the one-seed noble one, the follower of the Dharma and the follower of faith, and the five kinds of non-returner.
280. Section: Manifest Activity Begins — Bringing Forth the Two Distinctions Begins — Briefly Marking and Listing: The First Kind
Further, based on pure discipline, there are in brief two distinctions in what is trained in. First, upholding the received discipline not embraced by stopping: the training rules embraced by all lawful manifest activity of body and speech.
復次,依淨尸羅略有二種所學差別。一者、受持非止所攝所受尸羅,所有如法身語現行所攝學處;
Further, based on pure discipline, there are in brief two distinctions in what is trained in. First, upholding the received discipline not embraced by stopping: the training rules embraced by all lawful manifest activity of body and speech.
This opens manifest activity (子三現行2), named by the third phrase of the verse on the trainings, beginning with bringing forth the two distinctions (丑一出二差別2) and briefly marking and listing (寅一略標列). Per the 披尋記, to rightly receive the full precepts in order to stop evil is called the received discipline embraced by stopping. The lawful activity of body and speech here is what one must diligently train in and rightly do, and not merely a barring of what must not be done; hence it is called the received discipline not embraced by stopping.
Master Cháng Bǎi identifies this first kind as the precepts of action (作持), such as the purifying declaration, the recitation of the precepts, and the formal acts of the assembly.
281. Section: Briefly Marking and Listing: The Second Kind
Second, upholding the training rules embraced by the received discipline that is embraced by stopping.
二者、受持是止所攝所受尸羅所攝學處。
Second, upholding the training rules embraced by the received discipline that is embraced by stopping.
With this, briefly marking and listing (寅一略標列) closes entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi identifies this second kind as the precepts of stopping (止持), from the five precepts through the full precepts of monks and nuns, which keep body and speech from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, and other evil deeds.
282. Section: Expanding the Latter
This is further of two kinds: there is what is taught in the vinaya but is not taught in the individual liberation; and there is what is taught in the vinaya and is also taught in the individual liberation.
此復二種。謂或有是毗奈耶所說,非別解脫所說;或有是毗奈耶所說,亦是別解脫所說。
This is further of two kinds: there is what is taught in the vinaya but is not taught in the individual liberation; and there is what is taught in the vinaya and is also taught in the individual liberation.
With this, expanding the latter (寅二廣後一) closes entirely, closing bringing forth the two distinctions (丑一出二差別2: 略標列/廣後一) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains the difference by scope: the vinaya is broad, including both action and stopping, while the individual liberation is narrow, containing only stopping. He takes the first kind as the precepts of action, set out in the twenty chapters (犍度) of the vinaya texts on ordination, the recitation, the rains retreat, dwellings, and so on. He takes the second kind as the precepts of stopping, which guard body and speech, such as the five and eight precepts.
283. Section: Concluding the Three Dominants
Therefore, speaking of all of it together in brief, there are three training rules: first, dominant manifest activity; second, the dominant vinaya; third, the dominant individual liberation.
是故一切總略而言,有三學處。一、增上現行,二、增上毗奈耶,三、增上別解脫。
Therefore, speaking of all of it together in brief, there are three training rules: first, dominant manifest activity; second, the dominant vinaya; third, the dominant individual liberation.
With this, concluding the three dominants (丑二結三增上) closes entirely, closing manifest activity (子三現行2: 出二差別/結三增上) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that dominant manifest activity is the discipline of action, which makes all lawful activity of body and speech positively manifest. The dominant vinaya is the discipline of stopping, by which one stops evil, cultivates good, and lawfully confesses what one has committed. The dominant individual liberation is illustrated by the precept against killing, which, being taken toward each sentient being, is as limitless as they are.
In the companion sūtra the Buddha names three trainings, which Master Cháng Bǎi matches to these three: the higher precept, the higher deportment, and the higher prātimokṣa. Its verse says that one who trains on the straight path first gains the knowledge of extinction and then the end of ignorance, and, unshakably liberated, bears a last body, having overcome Māra.
284. Section: The Benefits of Training
Further, abiding with training as its benefit, wisdom as foremost, liberation as the firm core, mindfulness as dominant, cultivating the three trainings to swift completion, and so on: one should know these as broadly discussed in the Explanation of the Expositions (攝釋分).
復次,學勝利住、慧為上首、解脫堅固、念為增上,修習三學速圓滿等,如攝釋分廣辯應知。
Further, abiding with training as its benefit, wisdom as foremost, liberation as the firm core, mindfulness as dominant, cultivating the three trainings to swift completion, and so on: one should know these as broadly discussed in the Explanation of the Expositions (攝釋分).
This covers the benefits of training (子四學勝利), the second half of the third phrase of the verse on the trainings. Master Cháng Bǎi takes the first four phrases in turn, each by its stage, mark, and attention. Abiding with training as its benefit is keeping the precepts, on the stage of accumulation; it is the basis of the seven attentions and belongs to none of them. Wisdom as foremost is the stage of preparation, where one distinguishes the marks of all dharmas by the attentions of discerning the mark and of resolve. Liberation as the firm core runs through the stages of seeing, cultivation, and the ultimate, where affliction is cut off from coarse to subtle. Mindfulness as dominant runs from the start to completion, since each step depends on it, and it belongs to the attention of investigation.
Companion sūtras follow. One sets out this same fourfold abiding and has a verse in which training brings much benefit, concentration is single-minded, and wisdom overcomes the armies of Māra. Another expands it. The Buddha laid down precepts for reasons that are also their benefits, including gathering in the saṅgha, inspiring faith in those who lack it, deepening it in those who have it, subduing the shameless, giving ease to those with a sense of shame, and letting the holy life long endure. Wisdom examines the dharmas, liberation firmly stands, and right mindfulness keeps watch over it all.
285. Section: The Distinctions of the Trainings Begins — The Distinctions of the Training in Precepts Begins — Distinguishing Begins — Pointing Back to the Prior Marks
Further, abiding endowed with the precepts and the rest should be known as already discussed in the Śrāvaka Ground.
復次,住具戒等,如聲聞地應知已辯。
Further, abiding endowed with the precepts and the rest should be known as already discussed in the Śrāvaka Ground.
This opens the distinctions of the trainings (子五學差別2), the last phrase of the verse on the trainings, beginning with the distinctions of the training in precepts (丑一戒學差別2), distinguishing (寅一辨2), and pointing back to the prior marks (卯一指前相). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the treatise gathers the essentials of the vinaya into six marks, set out in fascicle 22: abiding endowed with the precepts, guarding the restraint of individual liberation, perfect deportment, perfect range of activity, seeing great fear in the smallest offense, and taking up the training rules.
286. Section: Explaining the Alternate Names Begins — Named Restraint
Further, because pure precepts themselves counter every evil of breaking the precepts, and because they are the basis for closely guarding the doors of the faculties, they are called restraint.
又即淨戒,對治一切犯戒惡故,密護根門所依處故,說名律儀。
Further, because pure precepts themselves counter every evil of breaking the precepts, and because they are the basis for closely guarding the doors of the faculties, they are called restraint.
This opens explaining the alternate names (卯二釋異名7), beginning with named restraint (辰一名律儀). Master Cháng Bǎi notes that two reasons are given. With pure precepts, when the six faculties meet the six objects, the mind attends properly and the mental faculty is guarded, so the faculties are not stained by outer objects.
287. Section: Named Perfect and Pure
Because they are well received in the beginning, they are called perfect. Because they are well guarded afterward, they are called pure.
初善受故,說名圓滿。後善守故,說名清淨。
Because they are well received in the beginning, they are called perfect. Because they are well guarded afterward, they are called pure.
This covers named perfect and pure (辰二名圓滿清淨). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that one who goes forth and receives the precepts rightly, seeking only the noble path and nirvāṇa and not a livelihood, receives them perfectly, which counters a wrong reception at the start. One who afterward keeps them well, through the six marks above, relies on the precepts to accomplish concentration in this present life, and being free of desire is pure within.
288. Section: Named Wholesome and Blameless
Because they bring about desirable results, they are called wholesome. Because they are without defilement, they are called blameless.
感愛果故,說名為善。無染汙故,說名無罪。
Because they bring about desirable results, they are called wholesome. Because they are without defilement, they are called blameless.
This covers named wholesome and blameless (辰三名善無罪). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that pure precepts bring the desirable results of humans and gods, and that even without the wisdom of the ultimate truth, one who keeps them purely does not in principle go to the three evil destinies. One who keeps them purely is free of the stain of affliction and does nothing culpable.
289. Section: Named Harmless and Accordant
Because they accord well with the concentration of a loving-kind mind toward all sentient beings, they are called harmless. Because they accord well with the renunciant's nature, they are called accordant.
於諸有情能善隨順慈心定故,說名無害。於沙門性善隨順故,說名隨順。
Because they accord well with the concentration of a loving-kind mind toward all sentient beings, they are called harmless. Because they accord well with the renunciant's nature, they are called accordant.
This covers named harmless and accordant (辰四名無害隨順). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the spirit of the precepts is compassion: according with loving-kindness, one wishes all beings the highest benefit and never harms them. The renunciant's nature (沙門性) is the renunciant's fruit, the very nature of the noble path, which fully accords with the ultimate truth.
290. Section: Named In Accord with Clarity and Not Following
Because they head toward the clarity that the noble ones cherish, they are called in accord with clarity. Because they never follow grasping at rites and vows, they are called not following.
趣聖所愛澄清性故,名順澄清。終不隨順戒禁取故,名不隨順。
Because they head toward the clarity that the noble ones cherish, they are called in accord with clarity. Because they never follow grasping at rites and vows, they are called not following.
This covers named in accord with clarity and not following (辰五名順澄清及不隨順). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the noble ones delight in keeping the precepts purely, free of affliction, and those who attain the four confirmed purities have no stain of mind. The precepts the Buddha laid down always accord with wholesome dharmas, and so never follow the mistaken grasping at rites and vows of outsiders, such as the cow and dog practices.
291. Section: Named Same in Kind and Proceeding in Accord
Because they are shared in common with those of the same dharma, they are called same in kind. Because they serve as the basis for rightly cultivating heightened mind and wisdom, and proceed in accord with them, they are called proceeding in accord.
與同法者為同分故,名同色類。於正修習增上心、慧為所依處,隨順轉故,名為順轉。
Because they are shared in common with those of the same dharma, they are called same in kind. Because they serve as the basis for rightly cultivating heightened mind and wisdom, and proceed in accord with them, they are called proceeding in accord.
This covers named same in kind and proceeding in accord (辰六名同色類及與順轉). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that practitioners who together train in pure precepts are alike in refraining from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, and lying. Pure precepts make the mind clear and glad, free of remorse and affliction, and so are the basis of heightened concentration and wisdom, the three trainings beginning from the precepts and each supporting the next.
292. Section: Named Free of Feverish, Burning, and Remorseful Torment
Because one does not torment others but proceeds in benefiting them, and further because one rightly stays far from the practice of self-mortification, they are called free of feverish torment. Because, toward what one has received and upholds, there is no change of heart, they are called free of burning torment. Because transgressions do not manifest, and because one lawfully confesses and removes what one has committed, they are called free of remorseful torment.
不惱於他饒益轉故,又正遠離自苦行故,名無熱惱。於所受持無變悔故,名無燒惱。於諸毀犯不現行故,如法悔除已所犯故,名無悔惱。
Because one does not torment others but proceeds in benefiting them, and further because one rightly stays far from the practice of self-mortification, they are called free of feverish torment. Because, toward what one has received and upholds, there is no change of heart, they are called free of burning torment. Because transgressions do not manifest, and because one lawfully confesses and removes what one has committed, they are called free of remorseful torment.
With this, named free of feverish, burning, and remorseful torment (辰七名無熱惱無燒惱無悔惱) closes entirely, closing explaining the alternate names (卯二釋異名7) entirely, closing distinguishing (寅一辨2: 指前相/釋異名) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that one with pure precepts does not disturb others, patiently bears being disturbed, benefits beings, and rightly leaves behind useless austerities. He describes freedom from burning as using requisites without taint or firm attachment, so that greed, aversion, and delusion do not burn in the mind. If mindfulness lapses and a small fault occurs, one sees it at once and confesses it lawfully, and so is not vexed by regret.
293. Section: The Conclusion
These are called all the distinctions of the heightened training in precepts.
如是名為增上戒學所有差別。
These are called all the distinctions of the heightened training in precepts.
With this, the conclusion (寅二結) closes entirely, closing the distinctions of the training in precepts (丑一戒學差別2: 辨/結) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi counts thirteen distinct marks across the seven sets of names, which show the merit of pure precepts from different angles.
294. Section: The Distinctions of the Trainings in Mind and Wisdom Begins — General Marking
Taking the three abidings as the basis, one should know all the distinctions of the heightened training in mind and in wisdom.
三住為依,當知增上心學、慧學所有差別。
Taking the three abidings as the basis, one should know all the distinctions of the heightened training in mind and in wisdom.
This opens the distinctions of the trainings in mind and wisdom (丑二心學慧學差別3), beginning with general marking (寅一總標). The three abidings are the heavenly abiding, the Brahmā abiding, and the noble abiding.
295. Section: Separately Correlating
Namely, by the distinctions of the heavenly abiding and the Brahmā abiding, one should know the distinctions of the heightened training in mind. By the distinctions of the noble abiding in all the dharmas such as the factors of enlightenment, one should know the distinctions of the heightened training in wisdom.
謂由天住、梵住差別,應知增上心學差別。由諸所有覺分等法聖住差別,應知增上慧學差別。
Namely, by the distinctions of the heavenly abiding and the Brahmā abiding, one should know the distinctions of the heightened training in mind. By the distinctions of the noble abiding in all the dharmas such as the factors of enlightenment, one should know the distinctions of the heightened training in wisdom.
This covers separately correlating (寅二別配). The dharmas meant here include the seven factors of enlightenment and the eightfold noble path.
296. Section: Explaining in Sequence Begins — The Heavenly Abiding
Namely, the four dhyānas, the four formless attainments, and the rest are called the heavenly abiding.
謂四靜慮、四無色等,名為天住。
Namely, the four dhyānas, the four formless attainments, and the rest are called the heavenly abiding.
This opens explaining in sequence (寅三隨釋3), beginning with the heavenly abiding (卯一天住). Per the 披尋記, "and the rest" takes in the remaining concentrations (等持) and attainments (等至). Master Cháng Bǎi distinguishes these two: concentration occurs only with mind and spans the concentrated and the distracted states, while attainment spans states with and without mind and occurs only in concentration. Details are in the Stage of Concentration, fascicle 11.
297. Section: The Brahmā Abiding
The concentrations of the four immeasurables are called the Brahmā abiding.
四無量定,名為梵住。
The concentrations of the four immeasurables are called the Brahmā abiding.
This covers the Brahmā abiding (卯二梵住): the immeasurable mind of loving-kindness, giving happiness; compassion, removing suffering; joy, rejoicing that beings are freed from suffering; and equanimity, without hate or love toward any being.
Master Cháng Bǎi cites the Bodhisattva Ground, fascicle 44, for three levels. Ordinary beings cultivate loving-kindness with sentient beings as object, toward friend, enemy, and stranger. Those of the two vehicles cultivate it with dharmas as object, seeing beings as only the five aggregates. Practitioners of the great vehicle cultivate it without object, for whom neither one who conditions nor being conditioned can be found.
298. Section: The Noble Abiding Begins — Marking and Listing All
The wisdom of the four noble truths, the four foundations of mindfulness, on through the path-factors, the four practice-traces, excellent calm-abiding and insight, the four dharma-traces, and the rest: one should know that all these are called the noble abiding.
四聖諦智,四種念住,乃至道支,四種行跡,勝奢摩他、毗鉢舍那,四法跡等,當知一切皆名聖住。
The wisdom of the four noble truths, the four foundations of mindfulness, on through the path-factors, the four practice-traces, excellent calm-abiding and insight, the four dharma-traces, and the rest: one should know that all these are called the noble abiding.
This opens the noble abiding (卯三聖住2), beginning with marking and listing all (辰一標列一切). Per the 披尋記, "and the rest" takes in the four dwellings and the four reliances. The four dwellings are the dwelling of wisdom, of truth, of relinquishment, and of stillness. The four reliances are to rely on the dharma and not the person, on the meaning and not the words, on sūtras of definitive meaning and not those of provisional meaning, and on wisdom and not consciousness; the 顯揚聖教論 (fascicle 2) explains them.
Master Cháng Bǎi explains the four practice-traces: "painful" means one has not attained a root dhyāna and "pleasant" that one has; "slow" means dull faculties and "quick" sharp ones. Thus the painful practitioner sees the truths relying on the preparatory concentration, and the pleasant one relying on the four dhyānas. "Excellent" calm-abiding and insight are those conjoined with the non-discriminating wisdom of the ultimate truth.
299. Section: Broadly Explaining the Undefiled Dharmas Begins — Marking and Listing the Four Kinds: What They Do
Further, there are four undefiled dharmas, whether in going about or in abiding, which cause the practitioner of contemplation either to withdraw and go about among objects, or to settle the mind in stillness on the meditative object, free of every defilement and abiding in ease.
又有四種若行、若住無雜染法,令修觀者,或於境界退出遊行,或於所緣安心靜定,離諸雜染安隱而住。
Further, there are four undefiled dharmas, whether in going about or in abiding, which cause the practitioner of contemplation either to withdraw and go about among objects, or to settle the mind in stillness on the meditative object, free of every defilement and abiding in ease.
This opens broadly explaining the undefiled dharmas (辰二廣無染法2), an expansion of the four dharma-traces, beginning with marking and listing the four kinds (巳一標列四種). Per the 披尋記, to withdraw and go about among objects means that toward the agreeable and disagreeable marks of the objects one moves among, one gives rise to neither greed nor aversion, and the mind is undisturbed. Master Cháng Bǎi takes "going about" as daily life and "abiding" as the time of formal calm and insight.
300. Section: Marking and Listing the Four Kinds: What They Are
What are the four? First, toward the defiled joys in objects conducive to the feeling of joy, to abandon them from the depth of the heart. Second, toward the defiled sorrows in objects conducive to the feeling of sorrow, to abandon them from the depth of the heart. Third, to purify the mind of the secondary afflictions of the insight class. Fourth, to purify the mind of the secondary afflictions of the calm-abiding class.
云何為四?一、於隨順喜受境界諸雜染喜,深心棄捨;二、於隨順憂受境界諸染汙憂,深心棄捨;三、於毗鉢舍那品諸隨煩惱淨修其心;四、於奢摩他品諸隨煩惱淨修其心。
What are the four? First, toward the defiled joys in objects conducive to the feeling of joy, to abandon them from the depth of the heart. Second, toward the defiled sorrows in objects conducive to the feeling of sorrow, to abandon them from the depth of the heart. Third, to purify the mind of the secondary afflictions of the insight class. Fourth, to purify the mind of the secondary afflictions of the calm-abiding class.
With this, marking and listing the four kinds (巳一標列四種) closes entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the first two belong to daily life: the first is the dharma-trace of non-greed, abandoning the defilement of greed in pleasing objects, and the second the dharma-trace of non-aversion, abandoning that of aversion in displeasing ones. The latter two belong to formal practice: when secondary afflictions arise, one returns to the meditative object and does not let them continue, the dharma-trace of right mindfulness; and one removes torpor and sleep through such means as the six recollections or the perception of light, the dharma-trace of right concentration.
301. Section: Concluding Their Basis
As for these four dharmas of abiding in ease, free of every defilement, whether in going about or in abiding: one should know them as the dharma-traces relied on as the four footholds. Respectively, one should know that these are non-greed, non-aversion, right mindfulness, and right concentration.
於是四種若行、若住離諸雜染安隱住法,應知四種安足處所所依法跡。如其所應,當知即是無貪、無瞋、正念、正定。
As for these four dharmas of abiding in ease, free of every defilement, whether in going about or in abiding: one should know them as the dharma-traces relied on as the four footholds. Respectively, one should know that these are non-greed, non-aversion, right mindfulness, and right concentration.
With this, concluding their basis (巳二結其所依) closes entirely, closing broadly explaining the undefiled dharmas (辰二廣無染法2) entirely, closing the noble abiding (卯三聖住2) entirely, closing explaining in sequence (寅三隨釋3: 天住/梵住/聖住) entirely, closing the distinctions of the trainings in mind and wisdom (丑二心學慧學差別3) entirely, closing the distinctions of the trainings (子五學差別2) entirely, closing the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋5) entirely, closing the embrace of the trainings (壬八學攝2: 頌標列/長行釋) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that a foothold (安足) is where the foot is placed, and that a trace (跡) is a way or a course.
Companion sūtras follow. A farmer plows, waters, and sows in due season, and the crop ripens in time, and a hen tends her eggs without breaking them open, and the chicks hatch of themselves; so too one who trains day after day need not wish for liberation at once. A monastic who does not train is like a donkey following a herd of cattle, unlike them in form and voice. Vṛjiputra (跋耆子) says that he cannot keep the two hundred fifty precepts; told to train in the three trainings instead, he practices alone and becomes an arhat.
A monastic of the Kāśyapa clan, displeased when the Buddha praises the precepts, later regrets it and confesses. The Buddha accepts this, adding that he does not praise an elder monastic who does not value the training, since others would then draw near such a person; Master Cháng Bǎi explains that seniority here is counted by rains retreats. Further sūtras define the three trainings and vary the same pattern with the immeasurables, the formless attainments, the foundations of mindfulness, and on through the path, the four ways, the four dharma statements, and calm and insight. By this treatise the four dharma statements (四法句) are the four dharma-traces, and Master Cháng Bǎi notes that elsewhere they are four ways of speaking well: what is noble, what is pleasing, what is true, and what is the Dharma.
302. Section: The Embrace of the Confirmed Purities Begins — The Verse Marking and Listing: Introducing the Verse
Further, a summary verse says:
復次,嗢柁南曰:
Further, a summary verse says:
This opens the embrace of the confirmed purities (壬九證淨攝2), the ninth and last of the embraces, beginning with the verse marking and listing (癸一頌標列). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that purity comes from realization: having realized the noble path, one accomplishes in the mind the pure merits of the Buddha, the Dharma, the Saṅgha, and the precepts, and this is called confirmed purity.
303. Section: The Verse of the Five Matters
The establishing of the confirmed purities first; / having change comes next; / the path to the heavens, the simile of the bright mirror; / and declaration stays last of all.
證淨初安立 有變異為先 天路喻明鏡 記別最居後
The establishing of the confirmed purities first; / having change comes next; / the path to the heavens, the simile of the bright mirror; / and declaration stays last of all.
Master Cháng Bǎi draws five matters from the verse. First is establishing the content of the four confirmed purities in words, with faith and precepts as their nature. Second is what changes and what does not for the noble disciples who have accomplished them. Third is the path to the heavens, the heavens here being those of the ultimate meaning, the five pure abodes of the noble ones, and not the heavens of ordinary beings. Fourth is the simile of the bright mirror, in which one checks one's faith in the Three Jewels and one's precepts. Fifth is declaring the different marks of attaining the fruits, which also unfolds the six recollections.
304. Section: The Long-Form Explanation Begins — Establishing Begins — Marking and Listing the Two Dharmas: The Establishing
Because a disciple of the Tathāgata endowed with right view, in brief by two dharmas, is able rightly to take up the quality of clarity, one should know that four kinds of confirmed purity are established.
具足正見如來弟子,略由二法,能正攝受澄清性故,應知建立四種證淨。
Because a disciple of the Tathāgata endowed with right view, in brief by two dharmas, is able rightly to take up the quality of clarity, one should know that four kinds of confirmed purity are established.
This opens the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋5), beginning with establishing (子一安立4) and marking and listing the two dharmas (丑一標列二法). Per the 披尋記, the four are the confirmed purity in the Buddha, in the Dharma, in the Saṅgha, and in the precepts, as the 顯揚聖教論 (fascicle 3) explains. Master Cháng Bǎi adds that the first three belong to faith and the fourth to the precepts, and that clarity (澄清性) describes faith and pure precepts free of turbidity and deceit.
He also cites the Great Vibhāṣā (fascicle 103) for six reasons for their order, among them these: the Buddha is like a good physician, the Dharma like freedom from illness, the Saṅgha like one who cares for the sick, and the precepts like wonderful medicine; or the Buddha is a caravan leader showing the way, the Dharma an island of treasure, the Saṅgha fellow travelers, and the precepts provisions.
305. Section: Marking and Listing the Two Dharmas: What the Two Are
Namely, faith and precepts embraced within the renunciant's meaning.
謂沙門義所攝信、戒。
Namely, faith and precepts embraced within the renunciant's meaning.
With this, marking and listing the two dharmas (丑一標列二法) closes entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi points back to the statement earlier in this fascicle that, for renunciants in the ultimate sense, the eight-limbed noble path is established as the renunciant's meaning. Faith and precepts are embraced within that path.
306. Section: Separately Explaining the Marks Begins — The Clarity of Faith
Pure faith toward the one who teaches, toward the renunciant's meaning, toward those of the same dharma, and toward the companions able to realize the renunciant's state is deeply rooted and firm, and even in other lives it cannot be drawn away. Because it is without deceit, it is called the quality of clarity.
於能說者、於沙門義、於同法者、於能證得沙門助伴所有淨信,深固根本,於餘生中亦不可引。無虛誑故,名澄清性。
Pure faith toward the one who teaches, toward the renunciant's meaning, toward those of the same dharma, and toward the companions able to realize the renunciant's state is deeply rooted and firm, and even in other lives it cannot be drawn away. Because it is without deceit, it is called the quality of clarity.
This opens separately explaining the marks (丑二別釋其相2), beginning with the clarity of faith (寅一信澄清性). Per the 披尋記, the sense here is the unshakable pure mind, born of true awakening, toward the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. The one who teaches is the Buddha. The renunciant's meaning is the Dharma, since the eight-limbed noble path was established as the renunciant's meaning. Those of the same dharma and the companions able to realize the renunciant's state are the Saṅgha. Pure faith toward these spans the worldly and the transcendent.
Master Cháng Bǎi adds that such faith is rooted like a great tree: even one still in saṃsāra who is born into an outsider family will return to the Dharma.
307. Section: The Clarity of the Precepts
And pure discipline, toward all evil, unwholesome dharmas able to lead to the evil destinies, obtains the restraint of ultimately not doing them; therefore it too gains the name quality of clarity.
及淨尸羅,於其一切能往惡趣惡不善法,獲得畢竟不作律儀,是故亦得名澄清性。
And pure discipline, toward all evil, unwholesome dharmas able to lead to the evil destinies, obtains the restraint of ultimately not doing them; therefore it too gains the name quality of clarity.
With this, the clarity of the precepts (寅二戒澄清性) closes entirely, closing separately explaining the marks (丑二別釋其相2: 信澄清性/戒澄清性) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi notes that "pure discipline" does not mean that the precepts are realized, for precepts are upheld and not realized. Faith purifies the mind and the precepts purify body and speech, so that the two together purify all three doors of action.
308. Section: Clarifying the Meaning of the Establishing Begins — The First Meaning Begins — Showing the Most Supreme Begins — The Clarity of Faith
One should know that, here, relying on pure faith, one gives rise to deep faith and understanding within the well-taught dharma and discipline. Because of the clarity of this pure faith, even in another life one ultimately does not turn away from the Buddha's well-taught dharma and discipline.
應知此中,依止淨信,於善說法毗奈耶中深生信解。由此淨信澄清性故,設在餘生,於佛善說法毗奈耶畢竟無轉。
One should know that, here, relying on pure faith, one gives rise to deep faith and understanding within the well-taught dharma and discipline. Because of the clarity of this pure faith, even in another life one ultimately does not turn away from the Buddha's well-taught dharma and discipline.
This opens clarifying the meaning of the establishing (丑三明建立義2), beginning with the first meaning (寅一第一義2), showing the most supreme (卯一顯最勝2), and the clarity of faith (辰一信澄清性). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the understanding does not waver in later lives, and this is why the clarity of faith is established.
309. Section: The Clarity of the Precepts
Further, out of fear of the suffering of the evil destinies, one receives and upholds pure precepts, countering misconduct. Because of taking up this clarity of the precepts, even in another life one does not commit evil and fall into the evil destinies, ultimately without regress, up to nirvāṇa.
又由怖畏諸惡道苦,受持淨戒,對治惡行。由此攝受戒澄清性,設在餘生,亦不造惡墮諸惡趣,畢竟無退,乃至涅槃。
Further, out of fear of the suffering of the evil destinies, one receives and upholds pure precepts, countering misconduct. Because of taking up this clarity of the precepts, even in another life one does not commit evil and fall into the evil destinies, ultimately without regress, up to nirvāṇa.
With this, the clarity of the precepts (辰二戒澄清性) closes entirely, closing showing the most supreme (卯一顯最勝2: 信澄清性/戒澄清性) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi concludes that one who at the start establishes pure faith in the true dharma and discipline and trains in pure precepts will not turn to outsiders, will not create the karma of the three evil destinies, and can go on to nirvāṇa; hence these two are supreme.
310. Section: Sifting What Is Said
Because they are the basis for ultimately not turning away from the well-taught dharma and discipline, and because they are the basis for ultimately not going to any evil destiny, their function is most supreme, and so only faith and precepts are said to be the quality of clarity. It is not that the remaining dharmas such as diligence, mindfulness, and concentration are not the quality of clarity.
由於善說法毗奈耶畢竟無轉所依處故,畢竟不往一切惡趣所依處故,其用最勝,唯說信、戒為澄清性,非餘精進、念、定等法非澄清性。
Because they are the basis for ultimately not turning away from the well-taught dharma and discipline, and because they are the basis for ultimately not going to any evil destiny, their function is most supreme, and so only faith and precepts are said to be the quality of clarity. It is not that the remaining dharmas such as diligence, mindfulness, and concentration are not the quality of clarity.
With this, sifting what is said (卯二簡所說) closes entirely, closing the first meaning (寅一第一義2: 顯最勝/簡所說) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the others are not excluded; faith and precepts are singled out because their effect on the mind and on conduct is strongest. Faith counters lack of faith, and precepts counter the fault of breaking precepts.
311. Section: The Second Meaning
Further, this faith and these precepts are the basis of the heightened training in precepts, concentration, and wisdom. By saying that faith and precepts are pure, the meaning shows that all three trainings attain purity. For this reason, only these two are said to be confirmed purity. This is called the distinction of the second gate of meaning.
又此信、戒,是其增上戒定慧學所依止處,由說信、戒是清淨故,義顯三學皆得清淨。由是因緣,唯說此二以為證淨。是名第二義門差別。
Further, this faith and these precepts are the basis of the heightened training in precepts, concentration, and wisdom. By saying that faith and precepts are pure, the meaning shows that all three trainings attain purity. For this reason, only these two are said to be confirmed purity. This is called the distinction of the second gate of meaning.
With this, the second meaning (寅二第二義) closes entirely, closing clarifying the meaning of the establishing (丑三明建立義2: 第一義/第二義) entirely. Faith and precepts are the ground on which the three trainings stand, and through them all three reach purity.
312. Section: Broadly Explaining the Alternate Names Begins — Named Nourishing Merit
Because these confirmed purities are well able to nourish all the white, pure dharmas that fall within the realms, they are called nourishing merit.
如是證淨,善能滋潤一切墮界白淨法故,名滋潤福。
Because these confirmed purities are well able to nourish all the white, pure dharmas that fall within the realms, they are called nourishing merit.
This opens broadly explaining the alternate names (丑四廣釋異名3), beginning with named nourishing merit (寅一名滋潤福). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the white dharmas within the three realms include the five precepts, the ten good deeds, and the cultivation of concentration, and that from the four confirmed purities they yield measureless merit.
313. Section: Named Nourishing the Good
Because they are able to bring forth the excellent noble paths, they are called nourishing the good.
能引殊勝諸聖道故,名滋潤善。
Because they are able to bring forth the excellent noble paths, they are called nourishing the good.
This covers named nourishing the good (寅二名滋潤善). The four confirmed purities lead toward and bring forth the noble path of the ultimate truth.
314. Section: Named Able to Bring Forth Happiness
Because they are able to bring forth the severance of the remaining afflictions, they are called able to bring forth happiness.
能引所餘煩惱斷故,名能引樂。
Because they are able to bring forth the severance of the remaining afflictions, they are called able to bring forth happiness.
With this, named able to bring forth happiness (寅三名能引樂) closes entirely, closing broadly explaining the alternate names (丑四廣釋異名3: 名滋潤福/名滋潤善/名能引樂) entirely, closing establishing (子一安立4) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the more the bonds of defilement are cut, the calmer and more joyful the mind becomes.
Companion sūtras follow. One warns of five faults in faith placed in a person and not in the Three Jewels and the precepts: if that person is cast out or censured by the assembly, goes elsewhere, returns to lay life, or dies, the one who revered them stops coming to the monastery, no longer hears the Dharma, and loses wholesome dharmas. Another calls the four confirmed purities a food of happiness, nourishing merit as the four foods nourish beings. Another says that they free a householder from the stain of stinginess and lead to delight in giving. Another says that their merit cannot be measured, as the water of the great rivers cannot be measured by the pot. The sūtra closes with the three names given here.
315. Section: Having Change Comes Next Begins — Bringing Forth What Changes Begins — Marking
Further, noble disciples who have accomplished the confirmed purities and are wholly certain to go to the good destinies, while abiding in the good destinies, still have three fears of heavy suffering arising from the mutual conflict and change of the great elements; yet they have no fear of the evil destinies.
復次,一向決定能往善趣,成就證淨諸聖弟子,猶有住於善趣三種諸大互違變異所起重苦怖畏,然無惡趣所有怖畏。
Further, noble disciples who have accomplished the confirmed purities and are wholly certain to go to the good destinies, while abiding in the good destinies, still have three fears of heavy suffering arising from the mutual conflict and change of the great elements; yet they have no fear of the evil destinies.
This opens having change comes next (子二有變異為先2), beginning with bringing forth what changes (丑一出有變異3) and marking (寅一標). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that these noble disciples have attained the first fruit, and will take birth only as humans and gods.
316. Section: Questioning
What are the three fears of heavy suffering?
云何三種重苦怖畏?
What are the three fears of heavy suffering?
This covers questioning (寅二徵).
317. Section: Listing
First, the suffering of illness; second, the suffering of old age; third, the suffering of death, in which the vital points (末摩) are severed.
一者、病苦,二者、老苦,三者、斷截末摩死苦。
First, the suffering of illness; second, the suffering of old age; third, the suffering of death, in which the vital points (末摩) are severed.
With this, listing (寅三列) closes entirely, closing bringing forth what changes (丑一出有變異3: 標/徵/列) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that these three apply to those in the human destiny; in the heavens there is only the suffering of death. Citing fascicle 61, he explains that illness brings bodily change, sorrow, and lack of delight in what is pleasing; old age brings decline in vigor, strength, the faculties, enjoyment, and lifespan; and death brings parting from what is loved, namely wealth, friends, family, and one's own body.
318. Section: Sifting What Does Not Change
Therefore it is said: the four great elements can be made to change; noble disciples who have accomplished the four confirmed purities cannot be subject to change.
是故說言:其四大種可令變異,非已成就四種證淨諸聖弟子可有變異。
Therefore it is said: the four great elements can be made to change; noble disciples who have accomplished the four confirmed purities cannot be subject to change.
With this, sifting what does not change (丑二簡非變異) closes entirely, closing having change comes next (子二有變異為先2: 出有變異/簡非變異) entirely. Per the 披尋記, the four great elements can cause noble disciples to change and have suffering; it is not that noble disciples can cause the four great elements to change. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the body of a noble disciple still changes with the elements, and that even an arhat has bodily suffering from past karma, though not suffering of mind. What does not change is that such a disciple will not fall into the three evil destinies.
Companion sūtras follow. Noble disciples with the four confirmed purities, wherever born, receive ten things among gods or humans, including long life, beauty, renown, and happiness, and their true wisdom is not moved by others. They are not poor, for their minds are rich. A wheel-turning king who has not cut off the suffering of the evil destinies falls far short of a monastic in discarded robes who has. One who has compassion should teach these four to others, and the Buddha adds that the four great elements change, but these four purities never do.
319. Section: The Path to the Heavens Begins — Bringing Forth Freedom from Harm
Further, those gods who are pure in the ultimate sense are called supreme and free of harm, because with body, speech, and mind they ultimately have no harmful act. It is by this pure divine nature that the four confirmed purities are said to be the path to the heavens.
復次,若第一義清淨諸天,說名最勝無有惱害,由身語意畢竟無有惱害事故。即依如是清淨天性,說四證淨名為天路。
Further, those gods who are pure in the ultimate sense are called supreme and free of harm, because with body, speech, and mind they ultimately have no harmful act. It is by this pure divine nature that the four confirmed purities are said to be the path to the heavens.
This opens the path to the heavens (子三天路2), beginning with bringing forth freedom from harm (丑一出無惱害). Per the 披尋記, there are two kinds of pure gods, as said in fascicle 87: the not-well-pure, who enter only worldly concentration and have neither penetrated the truths nor well liberated the mind, and the well-pure, who enter the concentration of the inner dharma, have penetrated the truths, and have well liberated the mind. Only the well-pure gods are taken here, and so they are called pure in the ultimate sense.
Master Cháng Bǎi explains that the first kind are those who, by subduing the afflictions of the desire realm with worldly dhyāna, take birth in the form realm without having cut off affliction; the second are the noble ones of the five pure abodes.
320. Section: Clarifying the Cultivation of Recollection Begins — General Marking
Further, taking the four confirmed purities as support, noble disciples, by three gates, cultivate the six recollections.
又四證淨為所依止,諸聖弟子,依三種門修六隨念。
Further, taking the four confirmed purities as support, noble disciples, by three gates, cultivate the six recollections.
This opens clarifying the cultivation of recollection (丑二明修隨念2), beginning with general marking (寅一總標). The six recollections, as Master Cháng Bǎi lists them, are of the Buddha, Dharma, Saṅgha, generosity, precepts, and gods.
321. Section: Separately Distinguishing Begins — Distinguishing the Purpose
First, to sever the defiled torment arising from the secondary afflictions of the calm-abiding class. Second, to sever the defiled torment arising from the secondary afflictions of the insight class. Third, to sever the two classes of secondary affliction which, although there is no defiled torment now, may yet arise in the future.
一者、為斷奢摩他品諸隨煩惱所起染惱;二者、為斷毗鉢舍那品諸隨煩惱所起染惱;三者、為斷雖無染惱,而於未來當可生起二隨煩惱。
First, to sever the defiled torment arising from the secondary afflictions of the calm-abiding class. Second, to sever the defiled torment arising from the secondary afflictions of the insight class. Third, to sever the two classes of secondary affliction which, although there is no defiled torment now, may yet arise in the future.
This opens separately distinguishing (寅二別辨3), beginning with distinguishing the purpose (卯一辨所為). Master Cháng Bǎi explains the third gate: while the seeds of defilement have not been cut off, the secondary afflictions of both classes may arise when conditions meet, even though none is active now.
322. Section: Distinguishing the Secondary Afflictions
One should know that, here, torpor and sleep are called the secondary afflictions of the calm-abiding class. Restlessness conjoined with delight in desires, and the unwholesome discursive thoughts of desire and so on born from the faults of greed and the rest, the defiled dharmas that make the mind flow and scatter, are called the secondary afflictions of the insight class.
當知此中,惛沈睡眠,名奢摩他品諸隨煩惱。欣樂諸欲俱行掉舉、貪等過失所生不善欲尋伺等,令心流散諸雜染法,名毗鉢舍那品諸隨煩惱。
One should know that, here, torpor and sleep are called the secondary afflictions of the calm-abiding class. Restlessness conjoined with delight in desires, and the unwholesome discursive thoughts of desire and so on born from the faults of greed and the rest, the defiled dharmas that make the mind flow and scatter, are called the secondary afflictions of the insight class.
This covers distinguishing the secondary afflictions (卯二辨隨惑). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that torpor arises when, dwelling long on one object, the mind loses interest or lacks strength and the object is no longer clear; sleep is a heavier torpor. Neither has the capacity for calm. One then rouses the mind by recollecting the merits of the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha and one's own precepts and giving, and gladness dispels them.
Restlessness is the agitation of a mind recalling past pleasures, from which arise greed and aversion and thoughts of desire, ill will, and harm, and of homeland, kin, and family. When it is present, he says, one should return to the object of calm and bind the mind to it by the nine stages of settling, until it reaches single-pointedness.
323. Section: Distinguishing the Differences
Further, the recollection attained by the principle of the ultimate truth is called the valor of meaning. The recollection attained by the principle of conventional truth is called the valor of dharma.
又由勝義諦理所得隨念,名義威勇。由世俗諦理所得隨念,名法威勇。
Further, the recollection attained by the principle of the ultimate truth is called the valor of meaning. The recollection attained by the principle of conventional truth is called the valor of dharma.
With this, distinguishing the differences (卯三辨差別) closes entirely, closing separately distinguishing (寅二別辨3: 辨所為/辨隨惑/辨差別) entirely, closing clarifying the cultivation of recollection (丑二明修隨念2) entirely, closing the path to the heavens (子三天路2: 出無惱害/明修隨念) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains by example: recollection in accord with the principle of the emptiness of self and dharmas is the valor of meaning; recollection still dependent on the words for that emptiness is the valor of dharma.
Companion sūtras follow. The Buddha contrasts the false path of outsiders, who rub the body with powders, lie on ground spread with cow dung, or run naked eastward heedless of wild animals and thorns in hope of Brahmā's heaven, with the eightfold path that wisely leads to nirvāṇa. Śāriputra answers on the stream, which is the eight noble path-factors, and the factors of stream-entry: drawing near good friends, hearing the true Dharma, right reflection, and practice in accord with the Dharma. Ānanda tells Śāriputra that one who has given up lack of faith and bad precepts, and accomplished the four confirmed purities, is declared a stream-enterer.
Others teach that one who stills the five fears and animosities of killing and the rest, is free of doubt about the Three Jewels, and truly knows the noble path may declare of oneself the end of the evil destinies; the noble path may be named as the four truths, the eightfold path, or the twelve links. Four dharmas of ascent to the gods are recollecting the Buddha, the Dharma, the Saṅgha, and one's precepts. Each brings gladness, ease, and happiness, on through concentration, and with it the resolve to have no aversion toward anything in the world.
324. Section: The Simile of the Bright Mirror
Further, just as a person holds up a bright mirror in order to observe the pure and impure marks of their own face, so the noble disciples of the Tathāgata hold up the subtle mirror of the confirmed purities in order truly to observe the marks of defilement and purity in their own person.
復次,譬如有人執持明鏡,為觀自面淨不淨相;如是如來諸聖弟子,執持微妙證淨明鏡,為如實觀自身所有染淨諸相。
Further, just as a person holds up a bright mirror in order to observe the pure and impure marks of their own face, so the noble disciples of the Tathāgata hold up the subtle mirror of the confirmed purities in order truly to observe the marks of defilement and purity in their own person.
This covers the simile of the bright mirror (子四喻明鏡). Master Cháng Bǎi says that the Dharma is like a mirror in which the many marks of beings are clear at a glance.
In the companion sūtras, when monastics ask where those who have died were reborn, the Buddha answers each time and then teaches the Dharma Mirror Sūtra (法鏡經), in which the noble disciple accomplishes the four confirmed purities. Asked about many who died at the village of Nādikā, he says that those who cut off the five lower fetters attained nirvāṇa in that heaven, adds that he does not delight in such questions, since whatever is born must die, and then teaches dependent origination and the same mirror.
325. Section: Declaration Begins — Distinctions of Realizing the Fruits Begins — Distinguishing the First Three Fruits Begins — Stream-Entry
Further, if one who has accomplished the four confirmed purities makes a declaration to others based only on those four confirmed purities of their own, and not on the recollections cultivated at a higher stage that are conducive to joy, then by this cause and condition one should know this to be a declaration of the realization of the stream-entry fruit, because such a person has not yet advanced to the path cultivated at a higher stage.
復次,若有成就四種證淨,唯即依自四種證淨為他記別,不依上位能順歡喜所修隨念。由此因緣,當知記別預流果證,未趣上位所修道故。
Further, if one who has accomplished the four confirmed purities makes a declaration to others based only on those four confirmed purities of their own, and not on the recollections cultivated at a higher stage that are conducive to joy, then by this cause and condition one should know this to be a declaration of the realization of the stream-entry fruit, because such a person has not yet advanced to the path cultivated at a higher stage.
This opens declaration (子五記別2), beginning with distinctions of realizing the fruits (丑一果證差別2), distinguishing the first three fruits (寅一辨前三果3), and stream-entry (卯一預流). Master Cháng Bǎi explains that one at the first fruit can declare only on the basis of the four confirmed purities and does not know the realm of the higher stages.
In the companion sūtras, the Buddha tells Nandiya (難提) that one who lacks the five faculties of faith and the rest is heedless and an ordinary being. A noble disciple who rests content with the four confirmed purities, and does not go on to strengthen concentration and wisdom, is also heedless.
326. Section: Once-Returning Begins — Marking the Cause and Condition
If one makes a declaration to others based on the five recollections of a higher stage that are conducive to joy, then by this cause and condition one should know this to be a declaration of the realization of the once-returning fruit.
若於上位能順歡喜五種隨念,為他記別。由是因緣,當知記別一來果證。
If one makes a declaration to others based on the five recollections of a higher stage that are conducive to joy, then by this cause and condition one should know this to be a declaration of the realization of the once-returning fruit.
This opens once-returning (卯二一來2), beginning with marking the cause and condition (辰一標因緣). Per the 披尋記, the Stage of Cultivation (fascicle 20) says that one who has entered direct realization of the noble truths, wishing to attain swift penetrating wisdom, attends to matters of joy. Having seen the truths and attained confirmed purity, and relying on it, the noble disciple attends to the fields of merit of the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha, and to their own higher rebirth and final good, namely the flourishing of body, wealth, and realization, and joy arises. These are the five recollections: of the Buddha, Dharma, Saṅgha, precepts, and relinquishment.
Master Cháng Bǎi adds that the recollection of the gods is lacking at this stage because such a noble one has not yet attained the first dhyāna.
327. Section: Explaining the Reason
This is because samādhi has not yet been brought to completion, because the path of freedom from desire has not yet been perfected, and because those gods have not yet been directly seen. In order to seek freedom from desire, one cultivates the dharmas conducive to joy. With this joy as support, tranquility arises; through tranquility, one experiences bodily happiness; through experiencing happiness, the mind attains right concentration, yet still concentration has not yet been brought to completion.
由三摩地未成滿故,於離欲道未圓滿故,於彼諸天未現見故。為求離欲,修習能順歡喜諸法;由此歡喜為所依故,發生輕安;由輕安故,領受身樂;由受樂故,心得正定,而於靜定未得成滿。
This is because samādhi has not yet been brought to completion, because the path of freedom from desire has not yet been perfected, and because those gods have not yet been directly seen. In order to seek freedom from desire, one cultivates the dharmas conducive to joy. With this joy as support, tranquility arises; through tranquility, one experiences bodily happiness; through experiencing happiness, the mind attains right concentration, yet still concentration has not yet been brought to completion.
With this, explaining the reason (辰二釋所由) closes entirely, closing once-returning (卯二一來2: 標因緣/釋所由) entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi cites the 法蘊足論 (fascicle 5) on right concentration as the mind's settled single-pointedness conjoined with uncontaminated attention to the truths, and cites the 瑜伽論記 for the point that "those gods" are the uncontaminated gods of the ultimate meaning in the form realm.
In the companion sūtra, the Śākyan Nandiya is sorry that the Buddha is going away, and the Buddha teaches him five places of joy to recollect at all times, in walking, standing, sitting, or lying down, and even among his family: the Buddha, the Dharma, the Saṅgha, his own precepts, and his own giving.
328. Section: Non-Returning
If one makes a declaration to others based on the six recollections of a higher stage, then by this cause and condition one should know this to be a declaration of the realization of the non-returning fruit.
若於上位六種隨念,為他記別。由是因緣,當知記別不還果證。
If one makes a declaration to others based on the six recollections of a higher stage, then by this cause and condition one should know this to be a declaration of the realization of the non-returning fruit.
With this, non-returning (卯三不還) closes entirely, closing distinguishing the first three fruits (寅一辨前三果3: 預流/一來/不還) entirely. Per the 披尋記, the six recollections are the former five with the recollection of the gods, added because at this higher stage one can directly see the assemblies of gods. The 顯揚聖教論 (fascicle 20) says that declaration by recollection belongs to the non-returner, who has attained a root concentration, directly sees the assemblies of gods, converses with those of Brahmā's assembly and others, and recollects that the merit of the vehicle being sought is not yet complete.
329. Section: Sifting the Highest Fruit
The fruit of arhatship can be approached and realized only by the transcendent path, and all recollections are only worldly. Therefore, above the realization of the non-returning fruit, there is no further declaration by such recollection.
阿羅漢果唯出世道乃能趣證,所有隨念唯是世間,是故不還果證已上,更無如是隨念記別。
The fruit of arhatship can be approached and realized only by the transcendent path, and all recollections are only worldly. Therefore, above the realization of the non-returning fruit, there is no further declaration by such recollection.
With this, sifting the highest fruit (寅二簡最上果) closes entirely, closing distinctions of realizing the fruits (丑一果證差別2: 辨前三果/簡最上果) entirely.
330. Section: Distinctions of the Confirmed Purities
Further, in the stream-entry fruit, the four confirmed purities are said only to be pure; in the remaining fruits of training, they are said to be perfect purity; and in the highest fruit, they are said to be the foremost perfect purity.
又四證淨,預流果中唯說為淨,於餘學果說圓滿淨,於最上果說為第一圓滿清淨。
Further, in the stream-entry fruit, the four confirmed purities are said only to be pure; in the remaining fruits of training, they are said to be perfect purity; and in the highest fruit, they are said to be the foremost perfect purity.
With this, distinctions of the confirmed purities (丑二證淨差別) closes entirely, closing declaration (子五記別2: 果證差別/證淨差別) entirely, closing the long-form explanation (癸二長行釋5: 安立/有變異為先/天路/喻明鏡/記別) entirely, closing the embrace of the confirmed purities (壬九證淨攝2: 頌標列/長行釋) entirely. It is the last of the nine embraces of the factors of enlightenment (菩提分法擇攝). The purity is the same four throughout; only its name deepens from the first fruit, through the second and third, to arhatship.
331. Section: Concluding and Pointing to the Rest
Thus, in brief, the essentials of the sūtras conjoined with object and wisdom, in accord with this treatise, have been drawn out as a mātṛkā. All the rest, following this one corner, should be awakened to and understood.
如是略引隨順此論境智相應諸經宗要摩怛理迦,其餘一切隨此方隅,皆當覺了。
Thus, in brief, the essentials of the sūtras conjoined with object and wisdom, in accord with this treatise, have been drawn out as a mātṛkā. All the rest, following this one corner, should be awakened to and understood.
With this, concluding and pointing to the rest (戊四結指餘) closes entirely. Master Cháng Bǎi explains that fascicles 85 through 98 have drawn out the essentials of the sūtras in accord with this treatise's wisdom of the śrāvaka's objects, chiefly from the Saṃyukta Āgama among the four Āgamas. From this small portion, the essentials of all other sūtras and treatises can be worked out by reasoning and understood.
Companion sūtras follow. After the rains retreat, the Śākyan Nandiya is sorry to see the Buddha leave, and the Buddha teaches him the six recollections. The same is told of the brothers Ṛṣidatta (梨師達多) and Pūraṇa (富蘭那). Ṛṣidatta, a minister of King Prasenajit, says that even when riding on the king's business among the palace women he guards three things: the elephant's course, his own mind, and himself from falling. He shares his wealth with monastics and lay followers alike, not holding it as his own, and the Buddha praises him.
With this, fascicle 98 comes to its close, and with it sūtra matters (素怛纜事), the first of the three great topics of the embrace of the bases, which has occupied fascicles 85 through 98. The next fascicle turns to matters of monastic discipline (調伏事).